MA5616 Configuration Guide(V800R307C00_01)

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

V800R307C00

Configuration Guide

Issue 01

Date 2009-08-30

Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. For anyassistance, please contact our local office or company headquarters.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, LonggangShenzhen 518129People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2009. All rights reserved.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior writtenconsent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. NoticeThe information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in thepreparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but the statements, information, andrecommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

http://www.huawei.com

mailto:[email protected]

Contents

1 About This Document...............................................................................................................1-11.1 Purpose............................................................................................................................................................1-11.2 Related Versions.............................................................................................................................................1-11.3 Intended Audience...........................................................................................................................................1-11.4 Organization....................................................................................................................................................1-21.5 Conventions.....................................................................................................................................................1-31.6 Update History................................................................................................................................................1-5

2 Deploying Network Devices....................................................................................................2-12.1 Overview of Deploying Network Devices......................................................................................................2-22.2 Example of Deploying Network Devices........................................................................................................2-3

3 Accepting the MA5616 Remotely............................................................................................3-13.1 Introduction to Remote Acceptance................................................................................................................3-23.2 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Multicast Service.................................................3-23.3 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the PPPoE Service.....................................................3-83.4 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Voice Service....................................................3-14

4 Configuring the Broadband Service.......................................................................................4-14.1 Overview of the Broadband Service...............................................................................................................4-24.2 Configuring a Profile.......................................................................................................................................4-2

4.2.1 Adding an ADSL2+ Line Template.......................................................................................................4-34.2.2 Adding an ADSL2+ Alarm Template....................................................................................................4-94.2.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode).....................................................................4-134.2.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode)..................................................................4-194.2.5 Adding a VDSL2 Service Profile (TI Mode).......................................................................................4-244.2.6 Adding a VDSL2 Spectrum Profile (TI Mode)....................................................................................4-264.2.7 Adding a VDSL2 UPBO Profile (TI Mode)........................................................................................4-294.2.8 Adding a VDSL2 DPBO Profile (TI Mode)........................................................................................4-314.2.9 Adding a VDSL2 SNR Margin Profile (TI Mode)..............................................................................4-334.2.10 Adding a VDSL2 Delay-INP Profile (TI Mode)................................................................................4-354.2.11 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (TI Mode)...........................................................................4-37

4.3 Configuration Example of the PPPoE/IPoE Access Service........................................................................4-414.3.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service - GPON Upstream.............................4-424.3.2 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service - GE Upstream...................................4-52

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide Contents

Issue 01 (2009-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

4.3.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream.......................................................................................................................................................................4-604.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GE Upstream.......................................................................................................................................................................4-654.3.5 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream.......4-714.3.6 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GE Upstream............4-80

4.4 Configuration Example of the IPoA Service.................................................................................................4-874.4.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ IPoA Service - GPON Upstream.........................................4-884.4.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream.......4-984.4.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream................4-104

4.5 Configuration Example of the PPPoA Service...........................................................................................4-1154.5.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoA Service - GPON Upstream....................................4-1154.5.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPON Upstream. .4-1244.5.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON Upstream.............4-130

5 Configuration Example of the Voice Services......................................................................5-15.1 Overview of the Voice Services......................................................................................................................5-25.2 Configuration Example of the PSTN Voice Service.......................................................................................5-2

5.2.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol).............................5-35.2.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the MGCP Protocol)......................................5-95.2.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)..........................................5-15

5.3 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service.................................................................................................5-205.3.1 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol)......................5-225.3.2 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)...........................................5-24

5.4 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service................................................................................................5-265.4.1 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol).....................5-285.4.2 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol).........................................5-30

6 Configuring the Multicast Service..........................................................................................6-16.1 Introduction to the Multicast Service..............................................................................................................6-26.2 Configuration Example of the IGMP Proxy and IGMP Snooping Multicast Services...................................6-26.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service in the Subtending Mode....................................................6-7

7 Configuring the Triple Play Service.......................................................................................7-17.1 Introduction to Triple Play Service.................................................................................................................7-27.2 Configuration Example of Triple Play–Based on the User-Side VLAN........................................................7-27.3 Configuration Example of Triple Play–Based on the User-Side 802.1p Priority...........................................7-87.4 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service–Multi-PVC for Multiple Services Mode......................7-14

8 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service..........................................................8-18.1 Introduction to the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service.................................................................................8-28.2 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service...............................................................8-38.3 Configuration Example of the VLAN ID Extension.......................................................................................8-8

9 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service............................................................ 9-19.1 Introduction to the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service....................................................................................9-2

ContentsSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide

ii Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

9.2 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service.................................................................9-29.3 Enabling Transparent Transmission of BPDUs..............................................................................................9-6

10 QoS Configuration.................................................................................................................10-110.1 Introduction to the QoS...............................................................................................................................10-210.2 Configuration Example of the Queue Scheduling.......................................................................................10-210.3 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules................................................10-610.4 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on the Traffic Stream.....................................10-9

11 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service....................................11-111.1 Configuring the Security of the Voice Service...........................................................................................11-2

11.1.1 Overview of the Security of the Voice Service..................................................................................11-211.1.2 Configuring the Device Authentication.............................................................................................11-5

11.2 Configuring the Reliability of the Voice Service........................................................................................11-911.2.1 Overview of the Reliability of the Voice Service............................................................................11-1011.2.2 Configuring the Dual Homing..........................................................................................................11-1211.2.3 Configuring the Emergency Standalone..........................................................................................11-16

A Acronyms and Abbreviations................................................................................................A-1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide Contents


iii

Figures

Figure 2-1 Example network of device deployment in the scenario with the NMS............................................2-4Figure 2-2 Example network of device deployment in the scenario without the NMS.......................................2-6Figure 3-1 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service............................3-3Figure 3-2 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the MA5616..............3-5Figure 3-3 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service...............................3-9Figure 3-4 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the MA5616...............3-11Figure 3-5 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service................................3-15Figure 3-6 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation of the called party).............................................................................................................................................................................3-16Figure 3-7 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation of the calling party).............................................................................................................................................................................3-16Figure 4-1 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service..................................................................4-43Figure 4-2 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616...............................4-47Figure 4-3 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service..................................................................4-53Figure 4-4 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616...............................4-57Figure 4-5 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.....................................................................4-61Figure 4-6 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616.................................4-63Figure 4-7 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.....................................................................4-66Figure 4-8 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616.................................4-68Figure 4-9 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.....................................................................4-72Figure 4-10 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616...............................4-75Figure 4-11 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service...................................................................4-81Figure 4-12 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616...............................4-84Figure 4-13 Example network of the ADSL2+ IPoA service............................................................................4-89Figure 4-14 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the MA5616.........................................4-93Figure 4-15 Example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service...............................................................................4-99Figure 4-16 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616.........................................4-102Figure 4-17 Example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service.............................................................................4-106Figure 4-18 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616.........................................4-109Figure 4-19 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoA service.......................................................................4-116Figure 4-20 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the MA5616....................................4-120Figure 4-21 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service.........................................................................4-125Figure 4-22 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616......................................4-128Figure 4-23 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service.........................................................................4-131

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide Figures


v

Figure 4-24 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616......................................4-134Figure 5-1 Example network of the VoIP service................................................................................................5-4Figure 5-2 Flowchart for configuring the VoIP service.......................................................................................5-7Figure 5-3 Example network of the VoIP service..............................................................................................5-10Figure 5-4 Flowchart for configuring the VoIP service.....................................................................................5-13Figure 5-5 Example network of the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.............................................5-16Figure 5-6 Flowchart for configuring the VoIP service.....................................................................................5-18Figure 5-7 Example network of the FoIP service (H.248/MGCP).....................................................................5-21Figure 5-8 Example network of the FoIP service (SIP).....................................................................................5-22Figure 5-9 Example network of the MoIP service (H.248/MGCP) ..................................................................5-27Figure 5-10 Example network of the MoIP service (SIP) .................................................................................5-28Figure 6-1 Example network of the IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping multicast service..................................... 6-3Figure 6-2 Flowchart for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the MA5616.................................6-5Figure 6-3 Example network for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode.............................. 6-8Figure 6-4 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (OLT).............................6-11Figure 6-5 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (MA5616_A).................6-12Figure 6-6 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (MA5616_B)..................6-13Figure 7-1 Example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN...................7-3Figure 7-2 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN...............................7-5Figure 7-3 Example network for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services modebased on the user-side 802.1p priority.................................................................................................................. 7-9Figure 7-4 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode basedon the user-side 802.1p priority...........................................................................................................................7-11Figure 7-5 Example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode..............7-14Figure 7-6 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode.....7-16Figure 8-1 Example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service.........................................8-4Figure 8-2 Flowchart for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service.....................................................8-6Figure 8-3 Example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension...............................................................8-9Figure 8-4 Flowchart for configuring the VLAN ID extension.........................................................................8-11Figure 9-1 Example network for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service........................................... 9-3Figure 9-2 Flowchart for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service....................................................... 9-5Figure 10-1 Example network for configuring the queue scheduling................................................................10-3Figure 10-2 Flowchart for configuring the queue scheduling............................................................................10-5Figure 10-3 Example network for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules............................10-7Figure 10-4 Flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules........................................10-8Figure 10-5 Example network of the traffic management based on traffic stream............................................10-9Figure 10-6 Flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream...........................10-10Figure 11-1 Process for the MG to register with the MGC (H.248)..................................................................11-2Figure 11-2 Wildcard registration process (MGCP)..........................................................................................11-3Figure 11-3 Single endpoint registration process (MGCP)................................................................................11-4Figure 11-4 Process for the MG to register with the MGC (SIP) .....................................................................11-5Figure 11-5 Networking for configuring the H.248/MGCP dual homing.......................................................11-10Figure 11-6 Networking for configuring the SIP dual homing........................................................................11-11

FiguresSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide

vi Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 11-7 Networking for configuring the emergency standalone...............................................................11-12

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide Figures


vii

Tables

Table 2-1 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario with the NMS..............................2-2Table 2-2 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario without the NMS.........................2-3Table 3-1 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service.......................................... 3-3Table 3-2 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service..............................................3-9Table 3-3 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service..............................................3-15Table 4-1 Related operations for configuring an ADSL2+ line template............................................................ 4-7Table 4-2 Related operations for adding an ADSL2+ alarm template...............................................................4-11Table 4-3 Related operations for configuring a VDSL2 line template...............................................................4-18Table 4-4 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template...................................................................4-22Table 4-5 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 service profile....................................................................4-26Table 4-6 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile.................................................................4-29Table 4-7 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 UPBO profile.....................................................................4-31Table 4-8 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 DPBO profile.....................................................................4-32Table 4-9 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile...........................................................4-34Table 4-10 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile.............................................................4-36Table 4-11 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template.................................................................4-40Table 4-12 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service..........................................................4-44Table 4-13 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service..........................................................4-53Table 4-14 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service............................................................4-62Table 4-15 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service............................................................4-66Table 4-16 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service............................................................4-73Table 4-17 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service............................................................4-82Table 4-18 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service......................................................................4-90Table 4-19 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service......................................................................4-100Table 4-20 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service......................................................................4-107Table 4-21 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service.................................................................4-117Table 4-22 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service...................................................................4-126Table 4-23 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service...................................................................4-132Table 5-1 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the H.248 protocol is used.....................................5-4Table 5-2 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the MGCP protocol is used.................................5-11Table 5-3 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.......................................5-16Table 6-1 Data plan for configuring the IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services...........................6-4Table 6-2 Data plan for configuring the OLT...................................................................................................... 6-9

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide Tables


ix

Table 6-3 Data plan for configuring the MA5616_A...........................................................................................6-9Table 6-4 Data plan for configuring the MA5616_B.........................................................................................6-10Table 7-1 Modes to provide the triple play service..............................................................................................7-2Table 7-2 Data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN......................................................7-4Table 7-3 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based onthe user-side 802.1p priority..................................................................................................................................7-9Table 7-4 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode.......7-15Table 8-1 Data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service.......................................................8-4Table 8-2 Data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension..............................................................................8-9Table 9-1 Data plan for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service..........................................................9-3Table 9-2 Related operation for enabling the transparent transmission of BPDUs..............................................9-7Table 10-1 Data plan for configuring queue scheduling....................................................................................10-4Table 10-2 Data plan for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules..........................................10-7Table 10-3 Data plan for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream..............................10-10Table 11-1 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (H.248)...................................................11-6Table 11-2 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (MGCP)..................................................11-8Table 11-3 Related operation for configuring the dual homing (H.248)..........................................................11-13Table 11-4 Related operation for configuring the dual homing.......................................................................11-14Table 11-5 Related operation for configuring the dual homing.......................................................................11-15

TablesSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide

x Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

1 About This Document

1.1 PurposeThis document describes the configuration of important services supported by the MA5616. Thedescription covers the following topics:l Purpose

l Networking

l Data plan

l Prerequisite(s)

l Note

l Configuration flowchart

l Operation procedure

l Result

This document helps users to know the configuration of important services on the MA5616.

1.2 Related VersionsThe following table lists the product versions related to this document.

Product Name Version

MA5616 V800R307C00

N2000 BMS V200R012C05

1.3 Intended AudienceThe intended audience of this document is:

l Installation and commissioning engineers

l System maintenance engineers

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 1 About This Document


1-1

l Data configuration engineers

1.4 OrganizationThis document describes the configuration on the MA5616.

Chapter Contents

2 Deploying NetworkDevices

Deploy the MDUs at sites according to network planning sothat the NMS, OLT, and MDU can communicate with eachother.

3 Accepting the MA5616Remotely

The MA5616 supports the remote service acceptance. Thistopic describes the concept of the remote acceptance, andthen describes the remote acceptance of multicast service andvoice servicemulticast service, PPPoE service, and voiceservice through configuration examples.

4 Configuring theBroadband Service

The MA5616 provides services in the IPoA, PPPoA, or IPoE/PPPoE encapsulation mode by using the ADSL2+ or VDSL2access technology and also provides Ethernet services byusing the Ethernet access technology. This topic describesthe ADSL2+, VDSL2, and Ethernet access technologies andthen provides configuration examples to show how toconfigure the broadband service on the MA5616.

5 Configuration Example ofthe Voice Services

This topic describes the voice services and how to configurethe voice services on the MA5616.

6 Configuring the MulticastService

This topic describes how to configure the multicast servicesupported by the MA5616.

7 Configuring the TriplePlay Service

This topic describes the triple play service and how toconfigure the service on the MA5616.

8 Configuring the VLANStacking Wholesale Service

This topic describes the VLAN stacking wholesale serviceand how to configure the VLAN stacking wholesale serviceon the MA5616.

9 Configuring the QinQVLAN Private Line Service

This topic describes the QinQ VLAN private line service andhow to configure the QinQ VLAN private line servicesupported on the MA5616.

10 QoS Configuration This topic describes the QoS configuration examples andrelated configuration operations on the MA5616.

11 Configuring the Securityand Reliability of the VoiceService

For the MA5616, the security configuration of the voiceservice includes the H.248-based or MGCP-based deviceauthentication configuration, and the reliabilityconfiguration of the voice service includes the dual-homingconfiguration and the emergency standalone configuration.

A Acronyms andAbbreviations

Acronyms and abbreviations used in the document

1 About This DocumentSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide

1-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

1.5 Conventions

Symbol ConventionsThe symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which, if notavoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk which,if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided,could cause equipment damage, data loss, and performancedegradation, or unexpected results.

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time.

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplementimportant points of the main text.

General ConventionsConvention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface.For example, log in as user root.

Italic Book titles are in italics.

Courier New Terminal display is in Courier New.

Command ConventionsConvention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italic.



1-3

Convention Description

[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] areoptional.

{ x | y | ... } Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated byvertical bars. One is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets andseparated by vertical bars. One or none is selected.

{ x | y | ... } * Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated byvertical bars. A minimum of one or a maximum of all can beselected.

[ x | y | ... ] * Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets andseparated by vertical bars. Many or none can be selected.

GUI Conventions

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles arein Boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operation

Format Description

Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means thetwo keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operation

Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without movingthe pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quicklywithout moving the pointer.

1 About This DocumentSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Action Description

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointerto a certain position.

1.6 Update HistoryUpdates between document versions are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document versioncontains all updates made to previous versions.

Updates in Issue 01 (2009-08-30)For the MA5616 V800R307C00, This is the first release.



1-5

2 Deploying Network Devices

About This Chapter

Deploy the MDUs at sites according to network planning so that the NMS, OLT, and MDU cancommunicate with each other.

2.1 Overview of Deploying Network DevicesThis topic describes how to deploy network devices, including multi-dwelling unit (MDU) dataplan, MDU offline deployment (through the NMS or the CLI of the OLT), MDU installation,and MDU binding. After the deployment, you can remotely configure services for the MDU.

2.2 Example of Deploying Network DevicesThis topic describes how to deploy network devices in the scenario with or without the NMS.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 2 Deploying Network Devices


2-1

2.1 Overview of Deploying Network DevicesThis topic describes how to deploy network devices, including multi-dwelling unit (MDU) dataplan, MDU offline deployment (through the NMS or the CLI of the OLT), MDU installation,and MDU binding. After the deployment, you can remotely configure services for the MDU.

Table 2-1 describes the activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario withthe NMS.

Table 2-1 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario with the NMS

Activities Description

MDU data planNOTE

The MDU refers toMA5616.

Perform the data plan according to the network planning sheetprovided by the NMS. The resource deployment sheet will begenerated finally.

MDU offlinedeployment

Import the resource deployment sheet through the NMS toimplement the predeployment for the MDU.

MDU installation The hardware installation engineer draws the MDU from thestorehouse and installs it at the destination site. After installing itand confirming that the hardware is fault-free, the hardwareinstallation engineer returns the MDU identifier and the MDU SNto the commissioning engineer.

MDU binding The IP address and the SN of the MDU are bound through theNMS.

Table 2-2 describes the activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario withoutthe NMS.

NOTE

In the scenario without the NMS, you can add the ONT on the OLT side by using one of the followingmethods:

l Method 1: After the MDU is installed and is powered on in the normal state, run the port ont-auto-find command to enable the auto-discovery function of the MDU, and then run the ont confirmcommand to confirm the automatically discovered MDU.

l Method 2: Run the ont add command to add an MDU offline. Then, install the MDU and power onthe MDU.

In this topic, method 1 is used for the deployment.

2 Deploying Network DevicesSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Table 2-2 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario without the NMS

Activities Description

MDU data planNOTE

The MDU refers toMA5616.

Perform the data plan for the OLT and MDU according to theactual FTTx service plan and the corresponding OLT version.l If the OLT version is MA5680T V800R105, the parameters

that must be planned in the network device deployment are asfollows:OLT to which the MDU is connected, MDU name, MDU type,management IP address of the MDU, gateway, managementVLAN, authentication mode of the MDU, DBA profile, andcapacity set profile

l If the OLT version is MA5600T V800R006C02, theparameters that must be planned in the network devicedeployment are as follows:OLT to which the MDU is connected, MDU name, MDU type,management IP address of the MDU, gateway, managementVLAN, authentication mode of the MDU, DBA profile,capacity set profile (supported only in the distributeddeployment mode), and line profile (supported only in theprofile mode)

MDU installation The hardware installation engineer draws the MDU from thestorehouse and installs it at the destination site. After installing itand confirming that the hardware is fault-free, the hardwareinstallation engineer returns the MDU identifier and the MDU SNto the commissioning engineer.

MDU deployment Enable the auto-discovery function on the PON port through theCLI command of the OLT, confirm the automatically discoveredMDU, and add the MDU by using the preconfigured profile.

Configuration of themanagement IP addressof the MDU

You can telnet to the MDU according to the management IPaddress of the MDU to configure the services for the MDU.

2.2 Example of Deploying Network DevicesThis topic describes how to deploy network devices in the scenario with or without the NMS.

Prerequisitel Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.

l The control board and the GPON service board of the OLT must be in the normal state.

Context

When the MDU adopts the GPON upstream transmission, the SN is used for authentication.



2-3

Scenario with the NMS

Figure 2-1 shows an example network of device deployment in the scenario with the NMS.

Figure 2-1 Example network of device deployment in the scenario with the NMS

Router

OLT

Splitter

MDU_BMDU_A MDU_DMDU_C

NMS client_B

NMS client_A

NMS

Splitter

MGC

The procedure for deploying network devices in the scenario with the NMS is as follows:

1. According to the user's FTTx data plan, the commissioning engineer prepares the networkplanning sheet and obtains the resource deployment sheet.

2. The commissioning engineer imports the resource deployment sheet through the NMS toimplement the predeployment for the MDU.

3. The hardware installation engineer draws the MDUs and sends them to the destination sites,and then performs hardware installation, wiring, and power-on operations at the destinationsites.

4. The hardware installation engineer checks the running status of the MDU that is installedand powered on.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

There are two LEDs, namely Link and Auth, on the MDU.l If the Link LED is on, it indicates that the upstream optical path is through.

l If the Auth LED is blinking, it indicates that the MDU is registering.

l If the Auth LED is always on, it indicates that the MDU registers successfully.

5. After confirming that the MDU works in the normal state, the hardware installation engineerrecords the MDU SN and reports the SN to the commissioning engineer.

6. The commissioning engineer maps the MDU SN, the management IP address of the MDU,and the physical position of the MDU, and binds the IP address and the SN of the MDUthrough the NMS.

7. After an MDU is powered on and automatically registers with the OLT, the OLT sends themanagement channel parameters of the MDU to the MDU. Meanwhile, the OLT sends atrap to the NMS, notifying the NMS that the MDU goes online.

8. The commissioning engineer receives the trap indicating that the MDU goes online reportedby the OLT on the NMS.After the trap indicating that the MDU goes online is received on the NMS, the MDUmanagement channel is enabled successfully. Then, you can remotely configure servicesfor the MDU through the NMS.

Scenario Without the NMSFigure 2-2 shows an example network of device deployment in the scenario without the NMS.



2-5

Figure 2-2 Example network of device deployment in the scenario without the NMS

Router

OLT

Splitter

MDU_BMDU_A MDU_DMDU_C

PC_B

PC_A

Splitter

MGC

The procedure for deploying network devices in the scenario without the NMS is as follows:

1. According to the user's FTTx service plan and the corresponding OLT version, thecommissioning engineer performs the data plan for the OLT and MDU.

2. The hardware installation engineer draws the MDUs and sends them to the destination sites,and then performs hardware installation, wiring, and power-on operations at the destinationsites.

3. The hardware installation engineer checks the running status of the MDU that is installedand powered on.There are two LEDs, namely Link and Auth, on the MDU.l If the Link LED is on, it indicates that the upstream optical path is through.

l If the Auth LED is blinking, it indicates that the MDU is registering.

l If the Auth LED is always on, it indicates that the MDU registers successfully.

4. After confirming that the MDU works in the normal state, the hardware installation engineerrecords the MDU SN and reports the SN to the commissioning engineer.

5. According to the data plan of the OLT and MDU, the commissioning engineer configuresdata (including the DBA profile, capacity set profile, and line profile) on the OLT.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

NOTE

The line profile is supported only in MA5600T V800R006C02 in the profile mode.

When the MA5600T (whose version is V800R006C02) adopts the GPON access, the capacity setprofile is supported in the distributed deployment mode.

6. The commissioning engineer enables the auto-discovery function of the OLT for the MDU.7. The commissioning engineer adds the MDU to the OLT according to the data plan of the

OLT and MDU and the SN reported by the hardware installation engineer.8. The commissioning engineer configures the management IP address of the MDU through

the OLT.9. The commissioning engineer telnets to the MDU according to the management IP address

of the MDU to configure the services for the MDU.

In the case of different OLT types or versions, if the configured services are different, the dataplans and procedures are different. For details, see the following sections:

l Configuration Procedure of the MA5680T V800R105 (GPON)

l Configuration Procedure of the MA5680T V800R006C02 (GPON)



2-7

3 Accepting the MA5616 Remotely

About This Chapter

The MA5616 supports the remote service acceptance. This topic describes the concept of theremote acceptance, and then describes the remote acceptance of multicast service and voiceservicemulticast service, PPPoE service, and voice service through configuration examples.

3.1 Introduction to Remote AcceptanceThis topic describes the application scenario of the remote acceptance and the remote acceptanceservices supported by the MA5616.

3.2 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Multicast ServiceIn the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the MA5616, remotely emulatethe user to request for a program. This verifies whether the multicast forwarding function of theMA5616 is in the normal state.

3.3 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the PPPoE ServiceIn the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the MA5616, the MA5616remotely emulates the PPPoE user to use the client software to interact with the BRAS. Bychecking the connectivity between the MA5616 and the BRAS, you can check whether thePPPoE service is in the normal state.

3.4 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of the Voice ServiceIn the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the device, perform the voicecall emulation to implement the remote acceptance of the voice service.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 3 Accepting the MA5616 Remotely


3-1

3.1 Introduction to Remote AcceptanceThis topic describes the application scenario of the remote acceptance and the remote acceptanceservices supported by the MA5616.

l The remote acceptance of the multicast service is performed as follows: After the initialinstallation of the device, remotely emulate the multicast user to go online. Then, theprogram stream is delivered to the MA5616. By querying the real-time traffic of themulticast program, you can check whether the multicast function is in the normal state. Inaddition, the remote acceptance function is applicable to the remote fault location.

l The remote acceptance of the PPPoE service is performed as follows: After the initialinstallation of the MA5616, the MA5616 remotely emulates the PPPoE client and initiatesthe dialup authentication to the BRAS. According to the authentication result, you candetect the connectivity between the MA5616 and the BRAS.Currently, the MA5616 supports the dialup emulation of one user at a time.

l Voice call emulation includes emulation of the calling party and emulation of the calledparty. Emulation of the calling party refers to emulating the user offhook, number dialing,conversation, and onhook on the port. The commissioning engineer performs thecorresponding verification. Emulation of the called party refers to emulating the calledparty on the subscriber port. Set one subscriber port on the device to the emulated calledparty. The commissioning engineer performs the corresponding verification.

3.2 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of theMulticast Service

In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the MA5616, remotely emulatethe user to request for a program. This verifies whether the multicast forwarding function of theMA5616 is in the normal state.


l The multicast source must exist on the network and the IP address of the multicast sourcemust be known.

l The control board and the board that carries the multicast service must be in the normalstate.

NetworkingFigure 3-1 shows the example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicastservice.

The services of the MA5616 are transmitted upstream to the OLT through GPON, and thentransmitted upstream to the L3 network through the OLT.

3 Accepting the MA5616 RemotelySmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 3-1 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service

Data PlanTable 3-1 provides the data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service.

Table 3-1 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service

Device Item Data

OLT For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the data plans aredifferent. Therefore, select the data plan according to the requirements. Fordetails, see the following sections:l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T

V800R105 - Data Planl Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T

V800R006C02 - Data Plan

MDU:MA5616

VLAN l VLAN type: Smart VLAN

l VLAN ID: 4002 and 4003

Upstreamport

0/0/1

IGMPversion

IGMP V3 (default IGMP version of the system in the multicastVLAN mode)



3-3

Device Item Data

Multicastsource

There are two multicast sources, namely, ISP 1 and ISP 2.l ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, providing the multicast

program with IP address 224.1.1.1l ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, providing the multicast

program with IP address 224.1.1.2

Programlibrary

Program in multicast VLAN 4002:Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1 and the program sourceIP address is the same as the IP address of ISP 1, namely,10.10.10.10

Program in multicast VLAN 4003:Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2 and the program sourceIP address is the same as the IP address of ISP 2, namely,10.10.10.11

Multicastuser

Multicast user 1:l VDSL2 port: 0/1/0

l Multicast VLAN: 4002

Multicast user 2:l VDSL2 port: 0/1/1

l Multicast VLAN: 4003

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the OLT

is as follows:For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts aredifferent. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. Fordetails, see the following sections:– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 -

Configuration Flowchart– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02

- Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the

MA5616 is as follows:Figure 3-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicastservice on the MA5616.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 3-2 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on theMA5616

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on the OLT

is as follows:

For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the procedures are different.Therefore, select the procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the followingsections:

– Configuration Example of the Multicast Service on the MA5680T V800R105Through GPON Access - Procedure

– Configuration Example of the Multicast Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02Through GPON Access - Procedure

l The procedure for configuring the remote acceptance of the multicast service on theMA5616 is as follows:1. Create VLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs.



3-5

huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4003 smart It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2

2. Configure service ports.huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4002 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 4003 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6

3. Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode.

NOTE

The IGMP mode can be IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements. In thisexample, the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping, youcan configure the IGMP snooping mode by running the igmp mode snooping command in themulticast VLAN mode.

huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:yhuawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y

4. Configure the multicast upstream port.huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1

5. Configure multicast programs.huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.11

6. Configure multicast users.huawei(config-mvlan4003)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp user add 1 service-port 100huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add 2 service-port 101huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4002huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101

7. Emulate the multicast user to request for the multicast program.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

huawei(config-mvlan4003)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join user 1 ip 224.1.1.1 vlan 4002huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join user 2 ip 224.1.1.2 vlan 4003

8. Save the data.huawei(config)#save

----End

Resultl For multicast user 1:

– Run the display igmp user 1 command to query the status of multicast user 1.huawei(config)#display igmp user 1 User : 0/1/0 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 0 Video flow ID : 0 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : - IGMP version : IGMP v3 Available programs : 8 Global Leave : disable User MaxBandWidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) : - Total video bandwidth : - Mcast video bandwidth : - Active program list --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start-time --------------------------------------------------------------------------- program1 4002 224.1.1.1 watching 2009-07-13 14:41:18 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total: 1After the query, it is found that the status of multicast user 1 is online, that is, emulatingmulticast user 1 to request for the program is successful.

– Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of themulticast program.huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224.1.1.1 vlan 4002 Command is being executed, please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 296(kbps)After the query, it is found that the real-time traffic of multicast program 1 is 296 kbit/s, that is, the multicast source delivers the traffic.

l For multicast user 2:– Run the display igmp user 2 command to query the status of multicast user 2.

huawei(config)#display igmp user 2 User : 0/1/1 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 0 Video flow ID : 0 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : - IGMP version : IGMP v3 Available programs : 8



3-7

Global Leave : disable User MaxBandWidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) : - Total video bandwidth : - Mcast video bandwidth : - Active program list --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start-time --------------------------------------------------------------------------- program2 4003 224.1.1.2 watching 2009-07-13 14:45:28 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total: 1

After the query, it is found that the status of multicast user 2 is online. That is, emulatingmulticast user 2 to request for the program is successful.

– Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of themulticast program.huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224.1.1.2 vlan 4003 Command is being executed, please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 323(kbps)

After the query, it is found that the real-time traffic of multicast program 2 is 323 kbit/s. That is, the multicast source delivers the traffic.

The preceding result proves that the multicast service passes the remote acceptance.

3.3 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of thePPPoE Service

In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the MA5616, the MA5616remotely emulates the PPPoE user to use the client software to interact with the BRAS. Bychecking the connectivity between the MA5616 and the BRAS, you can check whether thePPPoE service is in the normal state.

PrerequisiteNetwork devices and lines must be in the normal state.

Contextl Currently, the MA5616 supports the dialup emulation of only one PPPoE user at a time.

l If the VLAN that the traffic stream belongs is QinQ VLAN, the MA5616 does not supportthe dialup emulation of the PPPoE user.

l This topic considers the remote acceptance of the VDSL2 PPPoE service in the commonmode as an example. For how to configure other services, see "4 Configuring theBroadband Service."

NetworkingFigure 3-3 shows the example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoEservice.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 3-3 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service

Data PlanTable 3-2 provides the data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service.

Table 3-2 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service

Device Item Data Remarks

OLT For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the data plansare different. Therefore, select the data plan according to therequirements. For details, see the following sections:l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the

MA5680T V800R105 - Data Planl Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the

MA5680T V800R006C02 - Data Plan

ONU: MA5616 Traffic profile Index: 8 (user-defined trafficprofile)

-

VDSL2 line profile Index: 3 (user-defined VDSL2 lineprofile)

-



3-9


VDSL2 channelprofile

Index: 3 (user-defined VDSL2channel profile)

-

VDSL2 line template Index: 2 (user-defined VDSL2 linetemplate)

-

VDSL2 line alarmprofile

Index: 3 (user-defined VDSL2 linealarm profile)

-

VDSL2 channelalarm profile

Index: 2 (user-defined VDSL2channel alarmprofile)

-

VDSL2 alarmtemplate

Index: 2 (user-defined VDSL2alarm template)

-

Upstream VLAN l VLAN type: smartVLAN

l ID: 100

The parameter mustbe the same as theuser-side VLAN ofthe OLT.

Upstream port 0/0/1 -

Service port 0/1/2 -

Encapsulationformat

PPPoE -

Requirements for theBRAS

l The BRAS performs the related configurations according to theauthentication and accounting requirements for dialup subscribers.For example, the BRAS configures the access user domain(including the authentication plan, accounting plan, andauthorization plan bound to the domain) and specifies the RADIUSserver.

l The BRAS performs the user authentication. Configure the username, password, and authentication mode of the access user on theBRAS according to the requirements. The parameters configuredon the BRAS in this example are as follows:– User name: huawei1

– Password: huawei123

– Authentication mode: Chap

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the OLT is

as follows:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the configuration flowcharts aredifferent. Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. Fordetails, see the following sections:– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 -


- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 3-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service

on the MA5616.

Figure 3-4 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on theMA5616

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on the OLT is

as follows:



3-11


– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 -Procedure

– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680TV800R006C02 - Procedure

l The procedure for configuring the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service on theMA5616 is as follows:

1. Configure the traffic profile.

You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profile existingin the system. If the existing traffic profile in the system cannot meet the requirement,you need to add a new traffic profile.

huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 102400 priority 0 priority-policy tag-In-Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully ------------------------------------------------ TD Index : 8 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_8 Priority : 0 Mapping Priority : - Priority Policy : tag-pri CIR : 102400 kbps CBS : 3278800 bytes PIR : 204800 kbps PBS : 6555600 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------

2. Create a VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart

3. Add an upstream port to the VLAN.

Add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1

4. Add a service port to the VLAN.

NOTE

To provide services in batches, you can run the multi-service-port command to add serviceports in batches.

huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

5. Configure the VDSL2 line template.

The VDSL2 line template can be configured only after the VDSL2 line profile andVDSL2 channel profile are added. For details, see Configuring a VDSL2 LineTemplate (Common Mode).

6. Activate the port.

(1) Query the status of the VDSL port.huawei(config)#display vdsl port state 0/1/2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Activated Disable 1 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2) Deactivate the VDSL port.huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2

(3) Activate the VDSL2 port by using VDSL2 line template 2 configured in Step5.huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 template-index 2

7. Configure the VDSL2 alarm template.

For details about how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile, a VDSL2 channel alarmprofile, and a VDSL2 alarm template, and how to bind the template to a port, seeConfiguring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode).

8. Save the data.huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quithuawei(config)#save

9. Start the PPPoE emulation dialup.huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Service-port(index<0-279>):10 User Name(length<1,65>):huawei1 User Password(length<0,16>):********* Authentication Mode: 1. Chap 2. Pap [default 1]:1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:

NOTE

When the PPPoE emulation dialup is started, the user name, password, and authentication modeconfigured on the MA5616 must be the same as that configured on the BRAS.

----End



3-13

ResultRun the display pppoe simulate info command to query the status of the PPPoE emulationdialup.huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------- Service-port: 10 User name: huawei1 Current phase: - Result: Success Start time: 2009-07-13,15:52:46 End time: 2009-07-13,15:52:46 Session ID: 591 User IP: 193.2.3.172 Gateway IP: 193.2.3.1 -----------------------------------------------------------------After the query, it is found that the result of the PPPoE emulation dialup is success. That is, theinteraction with the BRAS by emulating the user is successful and the user can access the Internetin the PPPoE mode.

NOTE

After the remote acceptance of the PPPoE service, it is recommended that you run the pppoe simulatestop command to end the task of the PPPoE emulation dialup of the user.

3.4 Configuration Example of the Remote Acceptance of theVoice Service

In the remote acceptance scenario, after the initial installation of the device, perform the voicecall emulation to implement the remote acceptance of the voice service.

Prerequisitel The network devices and lines must be in the normal state.

l The VoIP service must be configured on the MA5616 and the corresponding parametersmust be configured on the MGC. You can configure the VoIP service according to theactual system protocol. For how to configure the VoIP service, see:– 5.2.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248

Protocol)– 5.2.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the MGCP Protocol)– 5.2.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)

NOTE

This topic considers the system protocol H.248 as an example.

l A test phone set that is in the normal state and can communicate with the simulative userof theMA5616 must be available.

ContextCurrently, the MA5616 supports the call emulation of only one user each time.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Networking

Figure 3-5 shows the example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the voiceservice.

Figure 3-5 Example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service

The description of the example network for configuring the remote acceptance of the voiceservice is as follows:

The test phone set is located in the test station. The call emulation test can be performed betweenthis phone set and the user configured on the MA5616. In this manner, you can remotely checkwhether the voice service on the MA5616 is in the normal state.

Data Plan

Table 3-3 provides the data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service.

The voice service user is configured in slot MA5616. Therefore, the data plan for configuringthe voice service user on the MA5616 is not provided here.

Table 3-3 Data plan for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service

Item Data

MA5616 Voice service boardASRB

0/3



3-15

Item Data

Numbers of phone 1 tophone 32

83110001-83110032

Test phone set Phone number 86110000

Configuration FlowchartFigure 3-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service(emulation of the called party).

Figure 3-6 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation ofthe called party)

Figure 3-7 shows the flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service(emulation of the calling party).

Figure 3-7 Flowchart for configuring the remote acceptance of the voice service (emulation ofthe calling party)


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Procedurel The procedure for emulating the called party on the test port is as follows:

NOTE

This topic considers the emulation of the called party on only port 0/3/0 as an example. The testprocedure for emulating called parties on other ports are the same.

1. Start the emulation test of the called party on port 0/3/0.huawei(config)#testhuawei(config-test)#pots emulational-call callee-port 0/3/0

2. Call phone number 83110001 of the user on port 0/3/0 by using the test phone set.3. Place the phone on the hook after the call is complete.

l The procedure for emulating the calling party on the test port is as follows:

NOTE

This topic considers the emulation of the calling party on only port 0/3/0 as an example. The testprocedure for emulating calling parties on other ports are the same.

1. Start the emulation test of the calling party on port 0/3/0.huawei(config)#testhuawei(config-test)#pots emulational-call caller-port 0/3/0 callee-telno 86110000

2. Take the phone off the hook after the test phone set rings.3. Place the phone on the hook after the call is complete.

----End

Resultl The operation result of emulating the called party on the test port is as follows:

– After Step 2 of emulating the called party on the test port is performed, you can hearthe tone that is the same as the DTMF tone by pressing *.

– After the onhook, the system displays the following information:huawei(config-test)# Callee port : 0/3/0 Test result : The test is finished for busy tone when the port state is offhook

It indicates that the test port where the called party is emulated can be called in the normalstate and the emulation test of the called party passes the remote acceptance.

l The operation result of emulating the calling party on the test port is as follows:– After Step 2 of emulating the calling party on the test port is performed, you can hear

the tone that is the same as the DTMF tone by pressing *.– After the onhook, the system displays the following information:

huawei(config-test)# Caller port : 0/3/0 Callee telno: 86110000 Test result : The test is finished for busy tone when the port complete dial

It indicates that the test port where the calling party is emulated can call others in the normalstate and the emulation test of the calling party passes the remote acceptance.



3-17

The preceding result proves that the emulation tests of both the calling party and called partyare in the normal state, the voice service passes the remote acceptance, and the users can calleach other in the normal state.

NOTE

If the emulation test of either the calling party or the called party fails, the voice service cannot pass theremote acceptance.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

4 Configuring the Broadband Service

About This Chapter

The MA5616 provides services in the IPoA, PPPoA, or IPoE/PPPoE encapsulation mode byusing the ADSL2+ or VDSL2 access technology and also provides Ethernet services by usingthe Ethernet access technology. This topic describes the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 accesstechnologies and then provides configuration examples to show how to configure the broadbandservice on the MA5616.

4.1 Overview of the Broadband ServiceThe MA5616 provides the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access services.

4.2 Configuring a ProfileThis topic describes how to configure an ADSL2+ or a VDSL2 profile on the MA5616. In thecase of the VDSL2 profile, how to configure it in the normal or TI mode is also described.

4.3 Configuration Example of the PPPoE/IPoE Access ServiceThe MA5616 provides the services in the PPPoE or IPoE encapsulation mode through theADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies.

4.4 Configuration Example of the IPoA ServiceThe MA5616 provides the service in the IPoA encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ andVDSL2 access technologies.

4.5 Configuration Example of the PPPoA ServiceThe MA5616 provides the service in the PPPoA encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ andVDSL2 access technologies.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 4 Configuring the Broadband Service


4-1

4.1 Overview of the Broadband ServiceThe MA5616 provides the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 access services.

Service DescriptionAsymmetrical digital subscriber line (ADSL) is a technology providing the asymmetrical high-rate private line access service over twisted pairs. Built on the ADSL technology, the ADSL2+technology supports the maximum data rates of 24 Mbit/s downstream and 2.5 Mbit/s upstream,and the transmission distance of up to 6.5 km.

Very high speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) is a transmission technology that is used forproviding high-speed private line access over twisted pairs in the asymmetrical or symmetricalmode. VDSL2 is an enhancement to VDSL. TheMA5616 supports the VDSL2 service in thenormal or TI mode.

Service Specificationsl The MA5616 provides the ADSL2+ service through the ADLE board.

l Each MA5616 supports up to four ADSL2+ service boards. Each ADLE board provides32 ADSL2+ ports.

l The MA5616 supports the ADSL mode and the NGADSL mode of the ADSL2+ service.This example uses the NGADSL mode as an example.

l The MA5616 provides the VDSL2 service through the VDGE,VDSE,VDSH,VDTH board.

l Each MA5616 supports up to four VDSL2 boards. Each VDGE board provides sixteenVDSL2 ports.Each VDSE, VDSH, VDTH provides twenty four VDSL2 ports.

l The MA5616 supports the normal mode and the TI mode of the VDSL2 service. The normalmode is the default mode.

4.2 Configuring a ProfileThis topic describes how to configure an ADSL2+ or a VDSL2 profile on the MA5616. In thecase of the VDSL2 profile, how to configure it in the normal or TI mode is also described.

4.2.1 Adding an ADSL2+ Line TemplateThis topic describes how to add an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ channel profile, andthen an ADSL2+ line template. The specified line profile and channel profile are bound to forman ADSL2+ line template. Then, you can use the line template to activate the ports.

4.2.2 Adding an ADSL2+ Alarm TemplateThis topic describes how to add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile and an ADSL2+ channel alarmprofile, and then an ADSL2+ alarm template. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarmprofile are bound to form an ADSL2+ alarm template. After the ADSL2+ alarm template isbound to a port and the port is activated, the line connected to the port is monitored accordingto the alarm thresholds set in the alarm template.

4.2.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode)This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile first, andthen a VDSL2 line template. The specified line profile and channel profile are bound togetherin a VDSL2 line template. Then, you can use the line template to activate ports.

4 Configuring the Broadband ServiceSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

4.2.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode)This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profilefirst, and then a VDSL2 alarm template. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarmprofile are bound together in a VDSL2 alarm template. After the VDSL2 alarm template is boundto a port, the line connected to the port is monitored according to the alarm thresholds set in thealarm template after the port is activated.

4.2.5 Adding a VDSL2 Service Profile (TI Mode)This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 service profile. Configure the parameters related tothe VDSL2 service in the profile, and then you can specify the service parameters by referencingthe profile.

4.2.6 Adding a VDSL2 Spectrum Profile (TI Mode)The VDSL2 spectrum profile provides a series of parameters: line transmission mode, sub-carrier configuration, RFI notch configuration, and power management parameter configuration.After adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.

4.2.7 Adding a VDSL2 UPBO Profile (TI Mode)This topic describes how to configure the parameters of the VDSL2 upstream power back-off(UPBO) profile. Then you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.

4.2.8 Adding a VDSL2 DPBO Profile (TI Mode)This topic describes how to configure the parameters of a VDSL2 downstream power back-off(DPBO) profile. Then you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.

4.2.9 Adding a VDSL2 SNR Margin Profile (TI Mode)The VDSL2 SNR margin profile provides a series of upstream and downstream SNR marginparameters. After adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile, you can directly reference the profileto activate a port.

4.2.10 Adding a VDSL2 Delay-INP Profile (TI Mode)The VDSL2 delay-INP profile provides a series of upstream and downstream INP parameters.After adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate aport.

4.2.11 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (TI Mode)This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profilefirst, and then a VDSL2 alarm template. The VDSL2 alarm template is formed by binding aVDSL2 line alarm profile to a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. After a VDSL2 alarm template isbound to a port, the alarm thresholds that are configured in the alarm template are used formonitoring lines after the port is activated.

4.2.1 Adding an ADSL2+ Line TemplateThis topic describes how to add an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ channel profile, andthen an ADSL2+ line template. The specified line profile and channel profile are bound to forman ADSL2+ line template. Then, you can use the line template to activate the ports.

ContextPay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ line profile:

l The system has one default line profile. The parameters in the default profile are forreference only. You can add line profiles according to the line conditions.



4-3

l You can add a line profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a line profile,you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the systemautomatically allocates an idle index.

l You can enter parameters in the interactive mode.

Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ channel profile:

l The system has one default channel profile. The parameters in the default profile are forreference only. You can add channel profiles according to the line conditions.

l You can add a channel profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a channelprofile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, thesystem automatically allocates an idle index.


Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ line template:

l The system has one default line template. The parameters in the default template are forreference only. You can add line templates according to the line conditions.

l You can add a line template whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a line template,you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the systemautomatically allocates an idle index.


Procedure

Step 1 Run the adsl line-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ line profile.

Step 2 Run the display adsl line-profile command to query the added ADSL2+ line profile.

Step 3 Run the adsl channel-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ channel profile.

Step 4 Run the display adsl channel-profile command to query the added ADSL2+ channel profile.

Step 5 Run the adsl line-template add command to add an ADSL2+ line template.

Step 6 Run the display adsl line-template command to query the added ADSL2+ line template.

----End

ExampleTo add ADSL2+ line profile 3 and ADSL2+ channel profile 3, add ADSL2+ line template 2,and then bind the two profiles, do as follows:

huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 3 /*Add ADSL2+ line profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) > 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G.992.3~5) > Please select (0~6) [1]:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:10 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~60 0.1dB) [0]: > Maximum SNR margin upstream (60~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]:y > DPBO E-side electrical length (0~511 0.5dB) [0]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state enabling: > allow Transitions To Idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > allow Transitions To LowPower 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > L3 time (0~65535 second) [255]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or begin tone index to end tone > index. Begin tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example: 20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs: > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs: > Will you set INM downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notching configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfullyhuawei(config)#display adsl line-profile 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: ADSL LINE PROFILE 3 Transmission mode: T1.413 ETSI G.992.1(Annex A/B/C) G.992.2(Annex A/C) G.992.3(Annex A/B/I/J/L/M) G.992.4(Annex A/I) G.992.5(Annex A/B/I/J/M) Trellis mode : Enable Bit swap downstream : Enable Bit swap upstream : Enable Form of transmit rate adaptation downstream : AdaptAtStartup Form of transmit rate adaptation upstream : AdaptAtStartup Target SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 80 Minimum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 10 Maximum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 300 Target SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 60 Minimum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 0 Maximum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 300 Allow transition to idle : not allowed Allow transition to low power : not allowed L0 time(second) : 255 L2 time(second) : 30 L3 time(second) : 255 Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction(dB) : 3 Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (dB) : 9 INM inter arrival time offset downstream(symbol): 3 INM inter arrival time step downstream : 0 INM cluster continuation value downstream (symbol) : 0



4-5

INM equivalent INP mode downstream : 0 <defmode> Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream(-0.1dBm/Hz) : 400 Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream(-0.1dBm/Hz) : 380 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream(0.1dBm) : 200 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream(0.1dBm) : 125 Upstream PSD mask selection : ADLU-32/EU-32 > Network timing reference clock mode : FreeRun ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 3 /*Add ADSL2+ channel profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]:1 > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]: > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]:20 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]:10 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [24544]: > Minimum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [1024]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]:y > Rate threshold downshift downstream (0~32000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold upshift downstream (0~32000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold downshift upstream (0~6000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold upshift upstream (0~6000 Kbps) [0]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfullyhuawei(config)#display adsl channel-profile 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: ADSL CHANNEL PROFILE 3 Data path mode : ATM Minimum impulse noise protection downstream : HalfSymbol Minimum impulse noise protection upstream : HalfSymbol Maximum interleaving delay downstream(ms) : 20 Maximum interleaving delay upstream(ms) : 10 Minimum transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 32 Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 32 Maximum transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 24544 Minimum transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 32 Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 32 Maximum transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 1024 Rate threshold downshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift downstream(Kbps) : 0


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Rate threshold downshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Retransmission control in downstream : Disable Retransmission control in upstream : Disable Erasure decoding switch : Disable ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 2 /*Add an ADSL2+ line template and bind ADSL2+ line profile 3 and ADSL2+ channel profile 3.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:3 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl line-template 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Template index: 2 Name: ADSL LINE TEMPLATE 2 Line profile index : 3 Channel1 profile index : 3 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 100 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 100 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Operation

Table 4-1 lists the related operations for configuring an ADSL2+ line template.

Table 4-1 Related operations for configuring an ADSL2+ line template

To... Run the Command... Remarks

Quickly add an ADSL2+line profile

adsl line-profile quickadd The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor adding an ADSL2+ lineprofile in the interactive mode.

Delete an ADSL2+ lineprofile

adsl line-profile delete The default line profile or aline profile in use cannot bedeleted.

Modify an ADSL2+ lineprofile

adsl line-profile modify After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified line profile takeseffect immediately.

Quickly modify anADSL2+ line profile

adsl line-profilequickmodify

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor modifying an ADSL2+ lineprofile in the interactive mode.



4-7


Delete an ADSL2+channel profile

adsl channel-profile delete The default channel profile ora channel profile in use cannotbe deleted.

Modify an ADSL2+channel profile

adsl channel-profile modify After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified channel profile takeseffect immediately.

Quickly add an ADSL2+channel profile

adsl channel-profilequickadd

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor adding an ADSL2+channel profile in theinteractive mode.

Quickly modify anADSL2+ channel profile

adsl channel-profilequickmodify

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor modifying an ADSL2+channel profile in theinteractive mode.

Delete an ADSL2+ linetemplate

adsl line-template delete The default line template or aline template in use cannot bedeleted.

Modify an ADSL2+ linetemplate

adsl line-template modify After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified line template takeseffect immediately.

Quickly add an ADSL2+line template

adsl line-template quickadd The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor adding an ADSL2+ linetemplate in the interactivemode.

Quickly modify anADSL2+ line template

adsl line-templatequickmodify

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor modifying an ADSL2+ linetemplate in the interactivemode.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

4.2.2 Adding an ADSL2+ Alarm TemplateThis topic describes how to add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile and an ADSL2+ channel alarmprofile, and then an ADSL2+ alarm template. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarmprofile are bound to form an ADSL2+ alarm template. After the ADSL2+ alarm template isbound to a port and the port is activated, the line connected to the port is monitored accordingto the alarm thresholds set in the alarm template.

ContextPay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ line alarm profile:

l The system has one default ADSL2+ line alarm profile with the name DEFVAL and theindex 1. You can modify it, but cannot delete it.

l You can add a line alarm profile whose index ranges from 2 to 50. When adding a linealarm profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified,the system automatically allocates an idle index.

l An ADSL2+ line alarm profile defines a series of alarm thresholds for monitoring theperformance of an activated ADSL2+ line. When a statistic reaches the related alarmthreshold, an alarm is generated and reported to the NMS.

Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile:

l The system has one default ADSL2+ channel alarm profile with the name DEFVAL andthe index 1. You can modify it, but cannot delete it.

l You can add a channel alarm profile whose index ranges from 2 to 50. When adding achannel alarm profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is notspecified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.

Pay attention to the following points when adding an ADSL2+ alarm template:

l The system has one default ADSL2+ alarm template with the name DEFVAL and the index1. You can modify it, but cannot delete it.

l The specified line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound together in the newADSL2+ alarm template.

l If you do not specify the line alarm profile or the channel alarm profile, the default linealarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound to form a new ADSL2+ alarm template.

l You can add an alarm template whose index ranges from 2 to 50. When adding an alarmtemplate, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, thesystem automatically allocates an idle index.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the adsl alarm-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile.

Step 2 Run the display adsl alarm-profile command to query the added ADSL2+ line alarm profile.

Step 3 Run the adsl channel-alarm-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile.

Step 4 Run the display adsl channel-alarm-profile command to query the added ADSL2+ channelalarm profile.



4-9

Step 5 Run the adsl alarm-template add command to add an ADSL2+ alarm template.

Step 6 Run the display adsl alarm-template command to query the added ADSL2+ alarm template.

Step 7 Run the interface adsl command to enter the ADSL mode.

Step 8 Run the alarm-config command to bind the alarm template to a port.

Step 9 Run the display port state command to query whether the alarm template is bound to the port.

----End

ExampleTo add ADSL2+ line alarm profile 2 and ADSL2+ channel alarm profile 3, add ADSL2+ alarmtemplate 2, and then bind the two profiles, do as follows:

huawei(config)#adsl alarm-profile add 2/*Add ADSL2+ line alarm profile 2.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:50 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:50 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of failed full initialization (0~900) [0]: > The number of failed short initialization (0~900) [0]: Add profile 2 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl alarm-profile 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 2 Name: ADSL ALARM PROFILE 2 <CO> The number of forward error correction seconds : 50 The number of errored seconds : 10 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 <CPE> The number of forward error correction seconds : 50 The number of errored seconds : 10 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 The number of failed full initialization : 0 The number of failed short initialization : 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#adsl channel-alarm-profile add 3 /*Add ADSL2+ channel alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:100 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]:100 > Will you set the channel thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:50


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]:50 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream > (0~32000Kbps) [0]:1000 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream > (0~6000Kbps) [0]:500 Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl channel-alarm-profile 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: ADSL CHANNEL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of coding violations counts : 100 The number of corrected blocks counts : 100 <CPE> The number of coding violations counts : 50 The number of corrected blocks counts : 50 The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream(Kbps) : 1000 The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream(Kbps) : 500 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

huawei(config)#adsl alarm-template add 2/*Add ADSL2+ alarm template 2.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:2 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Please set the channel1 alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display adsl alarm-template 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Template index: 2 Name: ADSL ALARM TEMPLATE 2 Line alarm profile index : 2 Channel1 alarm profile index : 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2/*Enter the ADSL mode.*/huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 1 2/*Bind alarm template 2 to port 0/2/1*/huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#display port state 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------- Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template ----------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Activating Disable 1 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------

Related Operation

Table 4-2 lists the related operations for adding an ADSL2+ alarm template.

Table 4-2 Related operations for adding an ADSL2+ alarm template


Quickly add an ADSL2+ linealarm profile

adsl alarm-profilequickadd

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor adding an ADSL2+ linealarm profile in theinteractive mode.



4-11


Delete an ADSL2+ linealarm profile

adsl alarm-profile delete The default line alarm profileor a line alarm profile in usecannot be deleted.

Modify an ADSL2+ linealarm profile

adsl alarm-profile modify After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified line alarm profiletakes effect immediately.

Quickly modify an ADSL2+line alarm profile

adsl alarm-profilequickmodify

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor modifying an ADSL2+line alarm profile in theinteractive mode.

Query the information aboutan ADSL2+ line alarmprofile

display adsl alarm-profile -

Bind an ADSL2+ line alarmprofile

alarm-config After the configuration, theADSL2+ line alarm profiletakes effect only after it isbound to an ADSL2+ port.

Delete an ADSL2+ channelalarm profile

adsl channel-alarm-profiledelete

The default channel alarmprofile or a channel alarmprofile in use cannot bedeleted.

Modify an ADSL2+ channelalarm profile

adsl channel-alarm-profilemodify

After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified channel alarmprofile takes effectimmediately and the profilename cannot be modified.

Quickly add an ADSL2+channel alarm profile

adsl channel-alarm-profilequickadd

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor adding an ADSL2+channel alarm profile in theinteractive mode.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Quickly modify an ADSL2+channel alarm profile

adsl channel-alarm-profilequickmodify

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor modifying an ADSL2+channel alarm profile in theinteractive mode.

Delete an ADSL2+ alarmtemplate

adsl alarm-template delete The default alarm template oran alarm template in usecannot be deleted.

Modify an ADSL2+ alarmtemplate

adsl alarm-templatemodify

After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified alarm templatetakes effect immediately.

Quickly add an ADSL2+alarm template

adsl alarm-templatequickadd

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor adding an ADSL2+ alarmtemplate in the interactivemode.

Quickly modify an ADSL2+alarm template

adsl alarm-templatequickmodify

The parameters of thiscommand are entered in thenon-interactive mode.Therefore, this command is asupplement to the commandfor modifying an ADSL2+alarm template in theinteractive mode.

Bind an ADSL2+ alarmtemplate

alarm-config After the configuration, theADSL2+ alarm templatetakes effect only after it isbound to an ADSL2+ port.

4.2.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode)This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile first, andthen a VDSL2 line template. The specified line profile and channel profile are bound togetherin a VDSL2 line template. Then, you can use the line template to activate ports.

Context

Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 line profile:



4-13

l Up to 128 line profiles can be configured for the MA5616. Line profile 1 is the default one.The default spectrum profile can be modified but cannot be deleted.

l When the adaptation mode of the downstream channel is the fixed mode, the maximumdownstream rate must be equal to the minimum rate.

l When setting the upstream or downstream SNR margin, set the target SNR margin,maximum SNR margin, and maximum SNR margin by complying with the followingprinciples: The minimum SNR margin must be equal to or less than the target SNR margin;the target SNR margin must be equal to or less than the maximum SNR margin.

NOTE

When configuring the MIB PSD mask parameter, comply with ITU-T Recommendation G.993.2.

Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 channel profile:

l The system has a default channel profile. The parameters in the default profile are the datafor reference. You can add channel profiles according to the line conditions.

l You can add a profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a profile, you candetermine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the system automaticallyallocates an idle index.

l You can type in parameters in the interactive mode.

Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 line template:

l The system has a default line template. The parameters in the default template are the datafor reference. You can add line templates according to the line conditions.

l You can add a template whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a template, youcan determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the systemautomatically allocates an idle index.

l You can type in parameters in the interactive mode.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl line-profile add command to add a VDSL2 line profile.

Step 2 Run the display vdsl line-profile command to query the added VDSL2 line profile.

Step 3 Run the vdsl channel-profile add command to add a VDSL2 channel profile.

Step 4 Run the display vdsl channel-profile command to query the added VDSL2 channel profile.

Step 5 Run the vdsl line-template add command to add a VDSL2 line template.

Step 6 Run the display vdsl line-template command to query the added VDSL2 line template.

----End

ExampleTo add VDSL2 line profile 3 and VDSL2 channel profile 3, add VDSL2 line template 2, andthen bind the two profiles to the line template, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile add 3 /* Add VDSL2 line profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G.993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G.993.2) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G.993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]:0 > Current configured modes: > 1-T1.413 2-G.992.1 (Annex A/B/C) > 3-G.992.2 (Annex A/C) 4-G.992.3 (Annex A/B/I/J/L/M) > 5-G.992.4 (Annex A/I) 6-G.992.5 (Annex A/B/I/J/M) > 7-G.993.2 (Annex A/B/C) > Please select 1-Modify 2-Delete 3-Save and quit [3]: > Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:120 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~120 0.1dB) [0]:5 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (120~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:120 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~120 0.1dB) [0]:5 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (120~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]:y > DPBO E-side electrical length (0~511 0.5dB) [0]: > Will you set UPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]:y > UPBO reference PSD per band, each band consists of two parameters[a, b]. Parameter a value from 40 dBm/Hz (coded as 0) to 80.95 dBm/Hz (coded as 4095) in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz; and b value from 0 (coded as 0) to 40.95 dBm/Hz (coded as 4095) in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz > UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [1020]: > UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [615]: > UPBO US3 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO US3 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO US4 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO US4 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO Boost Mode: 1-disable, 2-enable (1~2) [2]:1 > Will you force the CPE to use the electrical length to compute the UPBO: > 1-forced, 2-auto(1~2) [2]:1 > UPBO electrical length (0~1280 0.1dB) [0]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Save and quit [3]: > Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set INM parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SOS downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SOS upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl line-profile 3 /*Query the added VDSL2 line profile.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL LINE PROFILE 3 Transmission mode: T1.413 G.992.1(Annex A/B/C) G.992.2(Annex A/C) G.992.3(Annex A/B/I/J/L/M)



4-15

G.992.4(Annex A/I) G.992.5(Annex A/B/I/J/M) G.993.2(Annex A/B/C) Bit swap downstream : Enable Bit swap upstream : Enable Form of transmit rate adaptation downstream : AdaptAtStartup Form of transmit rate adaptation upstream : AdaptAtStartup Target SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 120 Minimum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 5 Maximum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 300 Target SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 120 Minimum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 5 Maximum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 300 UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,1020 UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,615 UPBO US3 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 UPBO US4 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 UPBO Boost Mode : Disable UPBO US1 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US2 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US3 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US4 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO use of electrical length to compute UPBO : Forced UPBO electrical length(0.1dB) : 0 Allow transition to idle : not allowed Allow transition to low power : not allowed L0 time(second) : 255 L2 time(second) : 30 L3 time(second) : 255 Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction(dB) : 3 Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (dB) : 9 <defmode> G.993.2 profile : Profile12a VDSL2 PSD class mask : AnnexB998-M2x-B(B8-6) VDSL2 link use of U0 : Unused Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream(0.1dBm) : 145 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream(0.1dBm) : 145 Upstream PSD mask selection : ADLU-32/EU-32 Virtual noise mode downstream : Disable Virtual noise mode upstream : Disable Network timing reference clock mode : FreeRun INM inter arrival time offset downstream(symbol): 3 INM inter arrival time step downstream : 0 INM cluster continuation value downstream (symbol) : 0 INM equivalent INP mode downstream : 0 INM inter arrival time offset upstream(symbol) : 3 INM inter arrival time step upstream : 0 INM cluster continuation value upstream(symbol) : 0 INM equivalent INP mode upstream : 0 SOS time Window downstream(64ms) : 0 Minimum percentage of degraded tones downstream : 0 Minimum number of normalized CRC anomalies downstream(0.02) : 65535 Maximum number of SOS downstream : 0 SNR margin offset of ROC downstream(0.1dB) : 0 Minimum impulse noise protection of ROC downstream : 0 SOS time Window upstream(64ms) : 0 Minimum percentage of degraded tones upstream : 0 Minimum number of normalized CRC anomalies upstream(0.02) : 65535 Maximum number of SOS upstream : 0 SNR margin offset of ROC upstream(0.1dB) : 0 Minimum impulse noise protection of ROC upstream : 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile add 3 /* Add VDSL2 channel profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]: > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum transmit rate downstream (64~100000 Kbps) [64]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream (64~100000 Kbps) [64]: > Maximum transmit rate downstream (64~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Minimum transmit rate upstream (64~100000 Kbps) [64]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream (64~100000 Kbps) [64]: > Maximum transmit rate upstream (64~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SOS bit rate (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfullyhuawei(config)#display vdsl channel-profile 3 /*Query the added VDSL2 channel profile.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL CHANNEL PROFILE 3 Data path mode : Both Minimum impulse noise protection downstream : NoProtection Minimum impulse noise protection upstream : NoProtection Maximum interleaving delay downstream(ms) : 20 Maximum interleaving delay upstream(ms) : 20 Minimum transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 64 Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 64 Maximum transmit rate downstream(Kbps) : 100000 Minimum transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 64 Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 64 Maximum transmit rate upstream(Kbps) : 100000 Rate threshold downshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold downshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Retransmission control in downstream : Disable Retransmission control in upstream : Disable Erasure decoding switch : Disable Minimum SOS bit rate downstream(8Kbps) : 8 Minimum SOS bit rate upstream(8Kbps) : 8 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vdsl line-template add 2/*Add a VDSL2 line template.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]:y > Please input template name:line > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:3



4-17

> Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl line-template 2/*Query the added VDSL2 line template.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Template index: 2 Name: line Line profile index : 3 Channel1 profile index : 3 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 100 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 100 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related OperationTable 4-3 lists the related operations for configuring a VDSL2 line template.

Table 4-3 Related operations for configuring a VDSL2 line template


Delete a VDSL2 lineprofile

vdsl line-profile delete You cannot delete the defaultline profile or a line profile inuse.

Modify a VDSL2 lineprofile

vdsl line-profile modify After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2 lineprofile

vdsl line-profile quickadd The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl line-profile quickaddcommand.

Quickly modify a VDSL2line profile

vdsl line-profilequickmodify

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl line-profile modifycommand.

Delete a VDSL2 channelprofile

vdsl channel-profile delete You cannot delete the defaultchannel profile or a channelprofile in use.

Modify a VDSL2 channelprofile

vdsl channel-profile modify After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Quickly add a VDSL2channel profile

vdsl channel-profilequickadd

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameter of the command.The command serves as acomplement to the vdslchannel-profile addcommand.

Quickly modify a VDSL2channel profile

vdsl channel-profilequickmodify

The system adopts non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl channel-profile modifycommand.

Delete a VDSL2 linetemplate

vdsl line-template delete You cannot delete the defaultline template or a line templatein use.

Modify a VDSL2 linetemplate

vdsl line-template modify After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified template takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2 linetemplate

vdsl line-template quickadd The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl line-template addcommand.

Quickly modify a VDSL2line template

vdsl line-templatequickmodify

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl line-template modifycommand.

4.2.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode)This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profilefirst, and then a VDSL2 alarm template. The specified line alarm profile and channel alarmprofile are bound together in a VDSL2 alarm template. After the VDSL2 alarm template is boundto a port, the line connected to the port is monitored according to the alarm thresholds set in thealarm template after the port is activated.



4-19

Context

Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 line alarm template:

l A VDSL2 line alarm profile defines a series of alarm thresholds for monitoring theperformance of an activated VDSL2 line. When a statistic reaches the related alarmthreshold, the device is informed of the related information and an alarm is sent to the loghost and the N2000 BMS.

l By default, line alarm profile 1 exists in the system, with all its alarm thresholds as 0. Thatis, no alarm is reported.

l You cannot delete VDSL2 line alarm profile 1, but you can modify it. The added line alarmprofiles are numbered from 2 to 50.

Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 channel alarm profile:

l By default, channel alarm profile 1 exists in the system, with all its alarm thresholds as 0.That is, no alarm is reported.

l You cannot delete channel alarm profile 1, but you can modify it. The added channel alarmprofiles are numbered from 2 to 50.

Pay attention to the following points when adding a VDSL2 alarm template:

l The specified line alarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound together in the newVDSL2 alarm template.

l If you do not specify the line alarm profile and the channel alarm profile, the default linealarm profile and channel alarm profile are bound together in the VDSL2 alarm template.

l The system has a default VDSL2 alarm template with the name DEFVAL and the index 1.You can modify it, but cannot delete it.

l You can add a template whose index ranges from 2 to 50. When adding a template, youcan determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, the systemautomatically allocates an idle index.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl alarm-profile add command to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile.

Step 2 Run the display vdsl alarm-profile command to query the added VDSL2 line alarm profile.

Step 3 Run the vdsl channel-alarm-profile add command to add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile.

Step 4 Run the display vdsl channel-alarm-profile command to query the added VDSL2 channelalarm profile.

Step 5 Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add a VDSL2 alarm template.

Step 6 Run the display vdsl alarm-template command to query the added VDSL2 alarm template.

Step 7 Run the interface vdsl command to enter the VDSL mode.

Step 8 Run the alarm-config command to bind the alarm template to a port.

Step 9 Run the display port state command to query whether the alarm template is bound to the port.

----End


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

ExampleTo add VDSL2 line alarm profile 3, add VDSL2 channel alarm profile 3, and then add VDSL2alarm template 2, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl alarm-profile add 3/*Add VDSL2 line alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of failed full initialization (0~900) [0]:5 > The number of full initialization (0~900) [0]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl alarm-profile 3/*Query the added VDSL2 line alarm profile.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of forward error correction seconds : 10 The number of errored seconds : 0 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 <CPE> The number of forward error correction seconds : 10 The number of errored seconds : 10 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 The number of failed full initialization : 5 The number of full initialization : 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vdsl channel-alarm-profile add 3/*Add VDSL2 channel alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream > (0~100000Kbps) [0]:2048 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream > (0~100000Kbps) [0]:4096 Add profile 3 successfully

huawei(config)#display vdsl channel-alarm-profile 3/*Query the added VDSL2 channel alarm profile.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL CHANNEL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of coding violations counts : 10



4-21

The number of corrected blocks counts : 0 <CPE> The number of coding violations counts : 10 The number of corrected blocks counts : 10 The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream(Kbps) : 2048 The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream(Kbps) : 4096 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

huawei(config)#vdsl alarm-template add 2/*Add VDSL2 alarm template 2.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Please set the channel1 alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl alarm-template 2/*Query the added VDSL2 alarm template.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Template index: 2 Name: VDSL ALARM TEMPLATE 2 Line alarm profile index : 3 Channel1 alarm profile index : 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1/*Enter the VDSL mode.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 2/*Bind VDSL2 alarm template 2 to port 0/1/0.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#display port state 0/*Query the VDSL2 alarm template bound to port 0/1/0.*/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 Activating Disable 1 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Operation

Table 4-4 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template.

Table 4-4 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template


Delete a VDSL2 line alarmprofile

vdsl alarm-profile delete You cannot delete the defaultline alarm profile or a linealarm profile in use.

Modify a VDSL2 line alarmprofile

vdsl alarm-profile modify After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2 linealarm profile

vdsl alarm-profilequickadd

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl alarm-profile addcommand.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Quickly modify a VDSL2line alarm profile

vdsl alarm-profilequickmodify

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl alarm-profile modifycommand.

Delete a VDSL2 channelalarm profile

vdsl channel-alarm-profiledelete

You cannot delete the defaultchannel alarm profile or achannel alarm profile in use.

Modify a VDSL2 channelalarm profile

vdsl channel-alarm-profilemodify

After modification, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately and the profilename cannot be modified.

Quickly add a VDSL2channel alarm profile

vdsl channel-alarm-profilequickadd

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl channel-alarm-profileadd command.

Quickly modify a VDSL2channel alarm profile

vdsl channel-alarm-profilequickmodify

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl channel-alarm-profilemodify command.

Delete a VDSL2 alarmtemplate

vdsl alarm-template delete You cannot delete the defaultalarm template or an alarmtemplate in use.

Modify a VDSL2 alarmtemplate

vdsl alarm-templatemodify

After the modification, thesystem prompts that themodified template takeseffect immediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2 alarmtemplate

vdsl alarm-templatequickadd

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement tovdsl alarm-template addcommand.



4-23


Quickly modify a VDSL2alarm template

vdsl alarm-templatequickmodify

The system adopts the non-interactive mode for enteringthe parameters of thecommand. The commandserves as a complement to thevdsl alarm-templatemodify command.

Bind a VDSL2 alarmtemplate

alarm-config The configured alarmtemplate can take effect onlyafter it is bound to a VDSL2port.

4.2.5 Adding a VDSL2 Service Profile (TI Mode)This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 service profile. Configure the parameters related tothe VDSL2 service in the profile, and then you can specify the service parameters by referencingthe profile.

Contextl The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 service profiles among which service profile 1 is

the default service profile. The default service profile can be modified but cannot be deleted.l You can add a service profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a service

profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, thesystem automatically allocates an idle index.

l When the adaptation mode of the downstream channel is the fixed mode, the maximumdownstream rate must be equal to the minimum rate.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl service-profile add command to add a VDSL2 service profile.

Step 2 Run the display vdsl service-profile command to query the added VDSL2 service profile.

----End

ExampleTo add a VDSL2 service profile, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile add{ <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }: Command: vdsl service-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> Bit swap upstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Form of transmit rate adaptation: > 1-manual, 2-adaptAtInit, 3-dynamic (1~3) [2]: > Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 1? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum data rate downstream (128~99999 Kbps) [128]: > Minimum reserved data rate downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Maximum data rate downstream (129~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Minimum data rate in low power state downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Minimum data rate upstream (128~99999 Kbps) [128]: > Minimum reserved data rate upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Maximum data rate upstream (129~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Minimum data rate in low power state upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Will you enable bearer 2? (y/n) [n]:y > Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 2? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum data rate downstream (128~99999 Kbps) [128]: > Minimum reserved data rate downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Maximum data rate downstream (129~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Minimum data rate in low power state downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Minimum data rate upstream (128~99999 Kbps) [128]: > Minimum reserved data rate upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Maximum data rate upstream (129~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Minimum data rate in low power state upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Please set bearer1 rate adaptation ratio downstream (0~100) [100]:40 > Please set bearer1 rate adaptation ratio upstream (0~100) [100]:20 Add profile 6 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl service-profile 6 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Profile index: 6 Name: VDSL SERVICE PROFILE 6 Data path mode : PTM Bit swap downstream : Enable Bit swap upstream : Enable Form of transmit rate adaptation : AdaptAtInit <Bearer1> minimum data rate downstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum reserved data rate downstream (Kbps) : 128 maximum data rate downstream (Kbps) : 100000 minimum data rate in low power state downstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum data rate upstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum reserved data rate upstream (Kbps) : 128 maximum data rate upstream (Kbps) : 100000 minimum data rate in low power state upstream (Kbps) : 128 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 40 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 20 <Bearer2> minimum data rate downstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum reserved data rate downstream (Kbps) : 128 maximum data rate downstream (Kbps) : 100000 minimum data rate in low power state downstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum data rate upstream (Kbps) : 128 minimum reserved data rate upstream (Kbps) : 128 maximum data rate upstream (Kbps) : 100000 minimum data rate in low power state upstream (Kbps) : 128 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 60 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 80 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related OperationTable 4-5 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 service profile.



4-25

Table 4-5 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 service profile


Delete a VDSL2 serviceprofile

vdsl service-profile delete The default VDSL2 serviceprofile or a VDSL2 serviceprofile in use cannot bedeleted.

Modify a VDSL2 serviceprofile

vdsl service-profile modify After a VDSL2 serviceprofile is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2service profile

vdsl service-profilequickadd

-

Quickly modify a VDSL2service profile

vdsl service-profilequickmodify

-

4.2.6 Adding a VDSL2 Spectrum Profile (TI Mode)The VDSL2 spectrum profile provides a series of parameters: line transmission mode, sub-carrier configuration, RFI notch configuration, and power management parameter configuration.After adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.

Contextl The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 spectrum profiles among which spectrum profile

1 is the default spectrum profile. The default spectrum profile can be modified but cannotbe deleted.

l You can add a spectrum profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding a spectrumprofile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is not specified, thesystem automatically allocates an idle index.

l When a port is activated, the VTU-R negotiates with the VTU-C based on the parametersconfigured in the spectrum profile, thus checking whether the port can work in the normalstate in these conditions.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl spectrum-profile add command to add a VDSL2 spectrum profile.

Step 2 Run the display vdsl spectrum-profile command to query the added VDSL2 spectrum profile.

----End

ExampleTo add a VDSL2 spectrum profile, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl spectrum-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G.993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G.993.2) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G.993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]: > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or start tone index to end tone > index. Start tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example: 20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs:1,30-40 > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs:2,3,40-50 > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the VDSL tone blackout range, the format : tone index(0~6956) > or begin tone index-end tone index. Begin tone index must not be more > than end tone index, for example:20,25-30. The bandwidth of > each tone is 4.3125KHz. You cannot set more than 8 ranges:20,30-40 > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the RFI notch band range, the format : tone index(0~6956) > or start tone index-end tone index. Start tone index must not be more > than end tone index, for example:20,25-30. You cannot set more than > 16 ranges:0-2,4094-4095 > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Save and quit [3]:1 > 2-adsl 3-adsl2Pots 4-adsl2Isdn > 5-adsl2PlusPots 6-adsl2PlusIsdn 7-adsl2ReachExtended > 8-vdsl2Pots 9-vdsl2Isdn > Please select [2]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state enabling: > Allow transitions to idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > Allow transitions to low power 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [400]:380 > Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [380]:400 > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [200]:150 > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [125]:180 > Maximum aggregate receive power upstream > value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510)in steps of 1 > (0~510 0.1dBm) [380]:400 > Will you set PSD mask value downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > PSD mask value-couple downstream, the format : > Tone index(0~6956):PSD value(0~190 -0.5dBm/Hz). > The bandwidth of each tone is 4.3125KHz. > You cannot set more than 32 couples: > The first 16 couples:0:0,4095:190 > The second 16 couples:100:100,200:180 > Will you set PSD mask value upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Upstream PSD mask selection(ADSL mode): > 1-ADLU-32/EU-32 2-ADLU-36/EU-36 > 3-ADLU-40/EU-40 4-ADLU-44/EU-44 > 5-ADLU-48/EU-48 6-ADLU-52/EU-52 > 7-ADLU-56/EU-56 8-ADLU-60/EU-60



4-27

> 9-ADLU-64/EU-64 > Please select (1~9) [1]: > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: Add profile 3 successfullyhuawei(config)#display vdsl spectrum-profile 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL SPECTRUM PROFILE 3 Transmission mode: T1.413 G.992.1(Annex A/B/C) G.992.2(Annex A/C) G.992.3(Annex A/B/I/J/L/M) G.992.4(Annex A/I) G.992.5(Annex A/B/I/J/M) G.993.2(Annex A/B/C) ADSL tone blackout configuration downstream: Number Start Tone Stop Tone Start Frequency End Frequency (KHz) (KHz) 1 1 1 4.3 8.6 2 30 40 129.3 176.8 ADSL tone blackout configuration upstream: Number Start Tone Stop Tone Start Frequency End Frequency (KHz) (KHz) 1 2 3 8.6 17.2 2 40 50 172.5 219.9 VDSL tone blackout configuration: Number Start Tone Stop Tone Start Frequency End Frequency (KHz) (KHz) 1 20 20 86.2 90.5 2 30 40 129.3 176.8 RFI notch configuration: Number Start Tone Stop Tone Start Frequency End Frequency (KHz) (KHz) 1 0 2 0.0 12.9 2 4094 4095 17655.3 17664.0 <defmode> Allow transition to idle : notAllowed Allow transition to low power : notAllowed L0 time : 255 L2 time : 30 Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction : 3 Total maximum aggregate transmit power : 9 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream(0.1dBm) : 200 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream(0.1dBm) : 125 Maximum aggregate receive power upstream(0.1dBm) value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510) in steps of 1 : 380 <sub-profile-1> G.993.2 profile : Profile17a G.993.2 profile priority weight : 1 VDSL2 PSD class mask : A998/B997M1C/C998 VDSL2 PSD limit mask : AnnexB998ADE17-M2x-A(B8-11) VDSL2 PSD US0 mask : - VDSL2 link use of U0 : Unused <adsl> Allow transition to idle : notAllowed Allow transition to low power : notAllowed L0 time : 255 L2 time : 30 Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction : 3 Total maximum aggregate transmit power : 9 Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream(-0.1dBm/Hz) : 380 Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream(-0.1dBm/Hz) : 400 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream(0.1dBm) : 150 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

upstream(0.1dBm) : 180 Maximum aggregate receive power upstream(0.1dBm) value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510) in steps of 1 : 400 PSD mask downstream : 4 points Number Tone Index Frequency PSD Value (KHz) (-0.5dBm/Hz) 1 0 0.0 0 2 100 431.2 100 3 200 862.5 180 4 4095 17659.6 190 Upstream PSD mask selection for ADSL mode : ADLU-32/EU-32 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related OperationTable 4-6 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile.

Table 4-6 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 spectrum profile


Delete a VDSL2 spectrumprofile

vdsl spectrum-profiledelete

The default VDSL2 spectrumprofile or a VDSL2 spectrumprofile in use cannot bedeleted.

Modify a VDSL2 spectrumprofile

vdsl spectrum-profilemodify

After a VDSL2 spectrumprofile is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2spectrum profile

vdsl spectrum-profilequickadd

-

Quickly modify a VDSL2spectrum profile

vdsl spectrum-profilequickmodify

-

4.2.7 Adding a VDSL2 UPBO Profile (TI Mode)This topic describes how to configure the parameters of the VDSL2 upstream power back-off(UPBO) profile. Then you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.

Contextl The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 UPBO profiles among which UPBO profile 1 is

the default UPBO profile. The default VDSL2 UPBO profile can be modified but cannotbe deleted.

l You can add a VDSL2 UPBO profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding aVDSL2 UPBO profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is notspecified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.



4-29

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl upbo-profile add command to add a VDSL2 UPBO profile.

Step 2 Run the display vdsl upbo-profile command to query the added VDSL2 UPBO profile.

----End

Example

To add a VDSL2 UPBO profile, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl upbo-profile add{ <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }: Command: vdsl upbo-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you force the CPE to use the electrical length to compute the UPBO: > 1-forced 2-auto [2]: > UPBO electrical length select(1~4) > 1-max(kl0_CO,kl0_CPE) 2-min(kl0_CO,kl0_CPE) > 3-kl0_CO 4-kl0_CPE > Please select (1~4) [3]: > UPBO reference PSD per band, each band consists of two parameters[a, b]. > Parameter a value from 40 dBm/Hz (coded as 0) to 80.95 dBm/Hz > (coded as 4095) in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz; and b value from 0 (coded as 0) > to 40.95 dBm/Hz (coded as 4095) in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz > US0 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > US0 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [1020]: > US1 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > US1 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [1020]: > US2 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [1650]: > US2 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [615]: > US3 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [0]: > US3 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [0]: > US4 band reference PSD parameter a(0~4095) [0]: > US4 band reference PSD parameter b(0~4095) [0]: > UPBO Boost Mode: 1-disable, 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > UPBO reference electrical length per band, value from 1.8 to 63.5 dB in > steps of 0.1 dB with special value 0 denotes the optional Equalized FEXT > UPBO method is not supported. > UPBO US1 band reference electrical length (0,18~635) [0]: > UPBO US2 band reference electrical length (0,18~635) [0]: > UPBO US3 band reference electrical length (0,18~635) [0]: > UPBO US4 band reference electrical length (0,18~635) [0]: Add profile 5 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl upbo-profile 5 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Profile index: 5 Name: VDSL UPBO PROFILE 2 Use of electrical length to compute UPBO : Auto Kl0 selection : kl0_CO US0 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,1020 US1 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,1020 US2 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,615 US3 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 US4 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 UPBO Boost Mode : Enable UPBO US1 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US2 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US3 band reference electrical length : 0 UPBO US4 band reference electrical length : 0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Related OperationTable 4-7 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 UPBO profile.

Table 4-7 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 UPBO profile


Delete a VDSL2 UPBOprofile

vdsl upbo-profile delete The default VDSL2 UPBOprofile or a VDSL2 UPBOprofile in use cannot bedeleted.

Modify a VDSL2 UPBOprofile

vdsl upbo-profile modify After a VDSL2 UPBOprofile is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2 UPBOprofile

vdsl upbo-profile quickadd -

Quickly modify a VDSL2UPBO profile

vdsl upbo-profilequickmodify

-

4.2.8 Adding a VDSL2 DPBO Profile (TI Mode)This topic describes how to configure the parameters of a VDSL2 downstream power back-off(DPBO) profile. Then you can directly reference the profile to activate a port.

Contextl The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 DPBO profiles among which DPBO profile 1 is

the default DPBO profile. The default VDSL2 DPBO profile can be modified but cannotbe deleted.

l You can add a VDSL2 DPBO profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding aVDSL2 DPBO profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is notspecified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl dpbo-profile add command to add a VDSL2 DPBO profile.

Step 2 Run the display vdsl dpbo-profile command to query the added VDSL2 DPBO profile.

----End

ExampleTo add a VDSL2 DPBO profile, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl dpbo-profile add { <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }:



4-31

Command: vdsl dpbo-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > DPBO working mode enabling: > 1-ADSL, 2-ADSL2+, 3-VDSL2 > Current enabled DPBO working mode: > 1-ADSL 2-ADSL2+ 3-VDSL2 > Please select 1-Delete 2-Save and quit [2]: > DPBO E-side electrical length (0~511 0.5dB) [0]:500 > Will you set psd mask? (y/n)[n]: > DPBO E-side cable model scalars, the scalar value from -1 (coded as 0) to 1.5 (coded as 640) in steps of 1/256: > Scalar A(0~640) [256]: > Scalar B(0~640) [512]: > Scalar C(0~640) [256]: > DPBO minimum usable signal (0~255 -0.5dBm/Hz) [180]: > DPBO span minimum frequency (0~2048 4.3125KHz) [0]: > DPBO span maximum frequency (32~6956 4.3125KHz) [511]: Add profile 6 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl dpbo-profile 6 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Profile index: 6 Name: VDSL DPBO PROFILE 6 Current enabled DPBO working mode : ADSL,ADSL2+,VDSL2 DPBO E-side electrical length(0.5dB) : 500 DPBO E-side cable model scalar A : 256 DPBO E-side cable model scalar B : 512 DPBO E-side cable model scalar C : 256 DPBO minimum usable signal(-0.5dBm/Hz) : 180 DPBO span minimum frequency(4.3125KHz) : 0 DPBO span maximum frequency(4.3125KHz) : 511 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related OperationTable 4-8 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 DPBO profile.

Table 4-8 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 DPBO profile


Delete a VDSL2 DPBOprofile

vdsl dpbo-profile delete The default VDSL2 DPBOprofile or a VDSL2 DPBOprofile in use cannot bedeleted.

Modify a VDSL2 DPBOprofile

vdsl dpbo-profile modify After a VDSL2 DPBOprofile is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2 DPBOprofile

vdsl dpbo-profile quickadd -

Quickly modify a VDSL2DPBO profile

vdsl dpbo-profilequickmodify

-


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

4.2.9 Adding a VDSL2 SNR Margin Profile (TI Mode)The VDSL2 SNR margin profile provides a series of upstream and downstream SNR marginparameters. After adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile, you can directly reference the profileto activate a port.

Contextl The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) margin profiles.

Where, SNR margin profile 1 is the default SNR margin profile. The default SNR marginprofile can be modified but cannot be deleted.

l You can add an SNR margin profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When adding anSNR margin profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the index is notspecified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.

l When configuring the SNR margin of the upstream and downstream channels, make surethat the minimum SNR margin ≤ the target SNR margin ≤ the maximum SNR margin.

l When configuring the downstream SNR margin for rate downshift, make sure that theminimum downstream SNR margin ≤ the SNR margin for rate upshift ≤ the targetdownstream SNR margin. Similarly, the upstream minimum SNR margin ≤ the upstreamSNR margin for rate downshift ≤ target upstream SNR margin.

l When configuring the downstream SNR margin for rate downshift, make sure that the targetdownstream SNR margin ≤ the downstream SNR margin for rate downshift ≤ thedownstream minimum SNR margin. Similarly, that the target upstream SNR margin ≤ theupstream SNR margin for rate downshift ≤ the upstream minimum SNR margin.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl noise-margin-profile add command to add a VDSL2 SNR margin profile.

Step 2 Run the display vdsl noise-margin-profile command to query the added VDSL2 SNR marginprofile.

----End

ExampleTo add a VDSL2 SNR margin profile, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile add{ <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }: Command: vdsl noise-margin-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~60 0.1dB) [10]: > Maximum SNR margin downstream (60~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]: > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~60 0.1dB) [10]: > Maximum SNR margin upstream (60~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Will you set SRA margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > SNR margin for rate upshift downstream (60~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Minimum upshift time downstream (0~16383 second) [3600]:



4-33

> SNR margin for rate downshift downstream (10~60 0.1dB) [10]: > Minimum downshift time downstream (0~16383 second) [3600]: > SNR margin for rate upshift upstream (60~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Minimum upshift time upstream (0~16383 second) [3600]: > SNR margin for rate downshift upstream (10~60 0.1dB) [10]: > Minimum downshift time upstream (0~16383 second) [3600]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]:y > Rate threshold downshift downstream (0~100000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold upshift downstream (0~100000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold downshift upstream (0~100000 Kbps) [0]: > Rate threshold upshift upstream (0~100000 Kbps) [0]: Add profile 4 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl noise-margin-profile 4 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Profile index: 4 Name: VDSL NOISE MARGIN PROFILE 4 Target SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 60 Minimum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 10 Maximum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 310 Target SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 60 Minimum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 10 Maximum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 310 SNR margin for rate upshift downstream(0.1dB) : 310 Minimum upshift time downstream(second) : 3600 SNR margin for rate downshift downstream(0.1dB) : 10 Minimum downshift time downstream(second) : 3600 SNR margin for rate upshift upstream(0.1dB) : 310 Minimum upshift time upstream(second) : 3600 SNR margin for rate downshift upstream(0.1dB) : 10 Minimum downshift time upstream(second) : 3600 Rate threshold downshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift downstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold downshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 Rate threshold upshift upstream(Kbps) : 0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Operation

Table 4-9 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile.

Table 4-9 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 SNR margin profile


Delete a VDSL2 SNR marginprofile

vdsl noise-margin-profiledelete

The default VDSL2 SNRmargin profile or a VDSL2SNR margin profile in usecannot be deleted.

Modify a VDSL2 SNRmargin profile

vdsl noise-margin-profilemodify

After a VDSL2 SNR marginprofile is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2 SNRmargin profile

vdsl noise-margin-profilequickadd

-

Quickly modify a VDSL2SNR margin profile

vdsl noise-margin-profilequickmodify

-


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

4.2.10 Adding a VDSL2 Delay-INP Profile (TI Mode)The VDSL2 delay-INP profile provides a series of upstream and downstream INP parameters.After adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile, you can directly reference the profile to activate aport.

Contextl The MA5616 supports up to 128 VDSL2 delay-impulse noise protection (INP) profiles.

Where, delay-INP profile 1 is the default delay-INP profile. The default delay-INP profilecan be modified but cannot be deleted.

l You can add a VDSL2 delay-INP profile whose index ranges from 2 to 128. When addinga VDSL2 delay-INP profile, you can determine whether to specify its index. If the indexis not specified, the system automatically allocates an idle index.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl delay-inp-profile add command to add a VDSL2 delay-INP profile.

Step 2 Run the display vdsl delay-inp-profile command to query the added VDSL2 delay-INP profile.

----End

ExampleTo add a VDSL2 delay-INP profile, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl delay-inp-profile add { <cr>|profile-index<2,128> }: Command: vdsl delay-inp-profile add Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Force inp flag 1.force, 2.auto (1~2) [1]:2 > Enable or disable retransmission function in downstream of bearer 1: > 1-enable, 2-disable (1~2) [2]: > Enable or disable retransmission function in upstream of bearer 1: > 1-enable, 2-disable (1~2) [2]: > Will you set interleaving delay parameters of bearer 1?(y/n)[n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection of bearer 1?(y/n)[n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Enable or disable retransmission function in downstream of bearer 2: > 1-enable, 2-disable (1~2) [2]: > Enable or disable retransmission function in upstream of bearer 2:



4-35

> 1-enable, 2-disable (1~2) [2]: > Will you set interleaving delay parameters of bearer 2?(y/n)[n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection of bearer 2?(y/n)[n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]: Add profile 3 successfullyhuawei(config)#display vdsl delay-inp-profile 3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL DELAY INP PROFILE 3 The force inp flag : Auto <Bearer 1> maximum interleaving delay downstream (ms) : 20 maximum interleaving delay upstream (ms) : 20 minimum impulse noise protection downstream : 0 Symbol minimum impulse noise protection upstream : 0 Symbol Retransmission control in downstream : disable Retransmission control in upstream : disable <Bearer 2> maximum interleaving delay downstream (ms) : 20 maximum interleaving delay upstream (ms) : 20 minimum impulse noise protection downstream : 0 Symbol minimum impulse noise protection upstream : 0 Symbol Retransmission control in downstream : disable Retransmission control in upstream : disable -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related OperationTable 4-10 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile.

Table 4-10 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 delay-INP profile


Delete a VDSL2 delay-INPprofile

vdsl delay-inp-profiledelete

The default VDSL2 delay-INP profile or a VDSL2delay-INP profile in usecannot be deleted.

Modify a VDSL2 delay-INPprofile

vdsl delay-inp-profilemodify

After a VDSL2 delay-INPprofile is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly add a VDSL2 delay-INP profile

vdsl delay-inp-profilequickadd

-


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Quickly modifying a VDSL2delay-INP profile

vdsl delay-inp-profilequickmodify

-

4.2.11 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (TI Mode)This topic describes how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profilefirst, and then a VDSL2 alarm template. The VDSL2 alarm template is formed by binding aVDSL2 line alarm profile to a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. After a VDSL2 alarm template isbound to a port, the alarm thresholds that are configured in the alarm template are used formonitoring lines after the port is activated.

Context

When adding a VDSL2 line alarm profile, pay attention to the following points:

l A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides a series of alarm threshold parameters that are usedfor monitoring the performance statistics of an activated VDSL2 line. When themeasurement result of a parameter reaches the alarm threshold, an alarm is generated andnotified to the device, the log server, and the NMS.

l The system has a default VDSL2 line alarm profile (profile 1). In this profile, all alarmthresholds are 0, which indicates that no alarm is reported.

l Line alarm profile 1 can be modified but cannot be deleted. The added profiles are numbered2 to 50.

When adding a VDSL2 channel alarm profile, pay attention to the following points:

l The system has a default VDSL2 channel alarm profile (profile 1). In this profile, all alarmthresholds are 0, which indicates that no alarm is reported.

l Channel alarm profile 1 can be modified but cannot be deleted. The added profiles arenumbered 2 to 50.

When adding a VDSL2 alarm template, pay attention to the following points:

l A new alarm template is formed by binding a specified line alarm profile to a specifiedchannel alarm profile.

l If you do not specify the line alarm profile and channel alarm profile, the default line alarmprofile and channel alarm profile are bound to form the VDSL2 alarm template.

l The system has a default VDSL2 alarm template (template 1), which can be modified butcannot be deleted. The template name is DEFVAL and index is 1.

l The added templates are numbered 2 to 50. When adding a template, you can specify theprofile index. If you do not specify the index, the system automatically allocates an idleindex.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vdsl alarm-profile add command to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile.



4-37

Step 2 Run the display vdsl alarm-profile command to query the information about the added VDSL2line alarm profile.

Step 3 Run the vdsl channel-alarm-profile add command to add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile.

Step 4 Run the display vdsl channel-alarm-profile command to query the information about the addedVDSL2 channel alarm profile.

Step 5 Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add a VDSL2 alarm template.

Step 6 Run the display vdsl alarm-template command to query the information about the addedVDSL2 alarm template.

Step 7 Run the interface vdsl command to enter the VDSL mode.

Step 8 Run the alarm-config command to bind the VDSL2 alarm template to the port.

Step 9 Run the display port state command to query the binding between the VDSL2 alarm templateand the port.

----End

ExampleTo add VDSL2 line alarm profile 3, VDSL2 channel alarm profile 3, and VDSL2 alarm template2, do as follows:

huawei(config)#vdsl alarm-profile add 3/*Add VDSL2 line alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > Will you set the line thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of forward error correction seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of errored seconds (0~900) [0]:10 > The number of severely errored seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of loss of signal seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of unavailable seconds (0~900) [0]: > The number of failed full initialization (0~900) [0]:5 > The number of full initialization (0~900) [0]: Add profile 3 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl alarm-profile 3/*Query the added VDSL2 line alarm profile.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of forward error correction seconds : 10 The number of errored seconds : 0 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 <CPE> The number of forward error correction seconds : 10 The number of errored seconds : 10 The number of severely errored seconds : 0 The number of loss of signal seconds : 0 The number of unavailable seconds : 0 The number of failed full initialization : 5 The number of full initialization : 0


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vdsl channel-alarm-profile add 3/*Add VDSL2 channel alarm profile 3.*/ Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CO? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]: > Will you set the channel thresholds for CPE? (y/n) [n]:y > The number of coding violations counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The number of corrected blocks counts (0~60000) [0]:10 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream > (0~100000Kbps) [0]:2048 > The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream > (0~100000Kbps) [0]:4096 Add profile 3 successfully

huawei(config)#display vdsl channel-alarm-profile 3/*Query the added VDSL2 channel alarm profile.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile index: 3 Name: VDSL CHANNEL ALARM PROFILE 3 <CO> The number of coding violations counts : 10 The number of corrected blocks counts : 0 <CPE> The number of coding violations counts : 10 The number of corrected blocks counts : 10 The threshold of channel monitoring rate downstream(Kbps) : 2048 The threshold of channel monitoring rate upstream(Kbps) : 4096 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

huawei(config)#vdsl alarm-template add 2/*Add VDSL2 alarm template 2.*/ Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]: > Please set the channel1 alarm-profile index (1~50) [1]:3 Add template 2 successfully huawei(config)#display vdsl alarm-template 2/*Query the added VDSL2 alarm template.*/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Template index: 2 Name: VDSL ALARM TEMPLATE 2 Line alarm profile index : 3 Channel1 alarm profile index : 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1/*Enter the VDSL mode.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 2 2/*Bind VDSL2 alarm template 2 to port 0/1/0.*/ huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#display port state 2/*Query the VDSL2 alarm template bound to port 0/1/0.*/ --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Port Status Loopback Spec DPBO UPBO Serv NM DINP Alarm Prof Prof Prof Prof Prof Prof Temp --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Activating Disable 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Operation

Table 4-11 lists the related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template.



4-39

Table 4-11 Related operations for adding a VDSL2 alarm template


Deleting a VDSL2 line alarmprofile

vdsl alarm-profile delete The default VDSL2 linealarm profile or a VDSL2line alarm profile in usecannot be deleted.

Modifying a VDSL2 linealarm profile

vdsl alarm-profile modify After a VDSL2 line alarmprofile is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately.

Quickly adding a VDSL2line alarm profile

vdsl alarm-profilequickadd

The command parameters areinput in the non-interactivemode, serving as acomplement to theinteractive command foradding the VDSL2 line alarmprofile.

Quickly modifying a VDSL2line alarm profile

vdsl alarm-profilequickmodify

The command parameters areinput in the non-interactivemode, serving as acomplement to theinteractive command formodifying the VDSL2 linealarm profile.

Deleting a VDSL2 channelalarm profile

vdsl channel-alarm-profiledelete

The default VDSL2 channelalarm profile or a VDSL2channel alarm profile in usecannot be deleted.

Modifying a VDSL2 channelalarm profile

vdsl channel-alarm-profilemodify

After a VDSL2 channelalarm profile is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified profile takes effectimmediately, and the profilecan no longer be modified.

Quickly adding a VDSL2channel alarm profile

vdsl channel-alarm-profilequickadd

The command parameters areinput in the non-interactivemode, serving as acomplement to theinteractive command foradding the VDSL2 channelalarm profile.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Quickly modifying a VDSL2channel alarm profile

vdsl channel-alarm-profilequickmodify

The command parameters areinput in the non-interactivemode, serving as acomplement to theinteractive command formodifying the VDSL2channel alarm profile.

Deleting a VDSL2 alarmtemplate

vdsl alarm-template delete The default VDSL2 alarmtemplate or a VDSL2 alarmtemplate in use be deleted.

Modifying a VDSL2 alarmtemplate

vdsl alarm-templatemodify

After a VDSL2 alarmtemplate is modified, thesystem prompts that themodified template takeseffect immediately.

Quickly adding a VDSL2alarm template

vdsl alarm-templatequickadd

The command parameters areinput in the non-interactivemode, serving as acomplement to theinteractive command foradding the VDSL2 alarmtemplate.

Quickly modifying a VDSL2alarm template

vdsl alarm-templatequickmodify

The command parameters areinput in the non-interactivemode, serving as acomplement to theinteractive command formodifying the VDSL2 alarmtemplate.

Binding a VDSL2 alarmtemplate to the port

alarm-config The configuration of aVDSL2 alarm template takeseffect only after the profile isbound to a VDSL2 port.

4.3 Configuration Example of the PPPoE/IPoE AccessService

The MA5616 provides the services in the PPPoE or IPoE encapsulation mode through theADSL2+ and VDSL2 access technologies.

4.3.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service - GPON UpstreamIn this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream throughthe GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwardedto the upper-layer device in the GE mode.



4-41

4.3.2 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service - GE UpstreamIn this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream throughthe GE port to the upper-layer device, thus implementing the Internet access service in thePPPoE/IPoE mode.

4.3.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GPONUpstreamIn this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoEor IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the datapackets upstream in the GEM frame format to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, thedata packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device through the upstream port, thusimplementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.

4.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GEUpstreamIn this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoEor IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the datapackets upstream through the GE port to the OLT, thus implementing Internet access in thePPPoE or IPoE mode.

4.3.5 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GPONUpstreamIn this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE modeto the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream GPON to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwardedto the upper-layer device in the GE mode, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE orIPoE mode.

4.3.6 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the TI Mode - GE UpstreamIn this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE modeto the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream to the upper-layer device in the GE mode, thus implementing Internet access in thePPPoE or IPoE mode.

4.3.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service -GPON Upstream

In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream throughthe GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwardedto the upper-layer device in the GE mode.


l The ADSL mode must be NGADSL.

Contextl You can configure the traffic profile or the ADSL2+ the VDSL2 line template (including

a line profile and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. Whenthe two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the trafficprofile.

l In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.

Networking

Figure 4-1 shows an example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service.

Figure 4-1 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service

BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Splitter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE access

GPON upstream

GPON access

Data Plan

Table 4-12 provides the data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service.



4-43

Table 4-12 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service


Requirements forthe BRAS

l The BRAS performs the related configurations according to theauthentication and accounting requirements of dialup users, forexample, configures the access user domain (including theauthentication scheme, accounting scheme, and authorizationscheme bound to the domain) and specifies the RADIUS server.

l If the BRAS is used to authenticate users, you need to configure theuser name and the password for each user on the BRAS. If the BRASis used to allocate IP addresses, you need to configure thecorresponding IP address pool on the BRAS.

OLT: MA5680T For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the data plansare different. Therefore, select the data plan according to therequirements. For details, see the following sections:l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the



ONU: MA5616 Traffic profile Index: 7Access rate: 3072 kbit/sPriority: 6Priority policy: Local-Setting

The committedaccess rate, priority,and priority policyare configured in thetraffic profile. Whenadding a serviceport, you can specifythe traffic profile torestrict the accessrate, priority, andpriority policy.In ideal conditions,the access rateshould reach 3072kbit/s. In actualapplications,however, the portrate may be slightlylower than theexpected value (portqualification rate).In this case, theaccess rate must beset higher than theexpected value tomeet the userrequirements.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Line template Line template index: 3Line profile:l Index: 4

l Rate adaptation mode(upstream/downstream):adaptAtRuntime

l Target SNR margin(upstream/downstream): 8 dB

l Minimum SNRmargin (upstream/downstream): 2 dB

l Other parameters:default settings

Channel profile:l Index: 4

l Minimum INP value(upstream/downstream): 4(twoSymbols)

l Maximum interleavedelay (downstream):24 ms

l Maximum interleavedelay (upstream): 12ms


When an ADSL portis activated, theADSL port uses theline parameters andthe channelparametersconfigured in theline template tonegotiate with thepeer CPE. Ifnegotiation betweenboth sides issuccessful, theADSL port isactivated, and theline connected to theADSL port can carryservices.



4-45


Alarm template Alarm template index: 1(default)

The alarmthresholds for theline parameters areconfigured in thealarm template.After being bound toa port, the alarmtemplate can be usedto monitor theconditions of the lineconnected to theport.In the default alarmtemplate, all alarmthresholds are 0,which indicates thatthe line conditionsare not monitored.

Network-sideVLAN

100 This parameter mustbe the same as theuser-side VLAN ofthe OLT.

Upstream port 0/0/1 The daughter boardfor the control boardis a GPON daughterboard.

Service board:ADLE

ADSL2+ port: 0/2/0 -

Encapsulationformat

PPPoE In this example, thePPPoEencapsulation isused as an example.

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows:



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-2 shows the configuration flow on the MA5616.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 4-2 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616

End

Start

Is there an appropriate traffic

profile?

Create a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN

Add a traffic profile

No

Yes

Is there an appropriate line

profile?

Add a line profile

No

Yes

Is there an appropriate channel

profile? Add a channel

profile

No


template?

Add a line template

No

Is there an Appropriate alarm

profile?

Add an alarm profile

No


alarm profile? Add a channel alarm

profile

No

Is there an appropriate alarm

template? Add an alarm

template

No

Bind the line template

Activate the ADSL2+ port

Bind the alarm template

Save the data

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes



4-47

NOTE

If the BRAS is used to authenticate users, you need to configure the user name and the password for eachuser on the BRAS. If the BRAS is used to allocate IP addresses, you need to configure the correspondingIP address pool on the BRAS.

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows:




l The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616 is asfollows:1. Query and configure the traffic profile.

(1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in thecurrent system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 7The access rate of a subscriber is 3072 kbit/s as listed in Table 4-12, and afterquery, it is found that traffic profile 7 is available.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.If no traffic profile in the system meets the requirements listed in Table 4-12,you need to create one.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 3072 cbs 100304 pir 6144 pbs 200608priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

------------------------------------------------ TD Index : 7 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_7 Priority : 6 Mapping Priority : - Priority Policy : local-pri CIR : 3072 kbps CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 200608 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------

2. Create a VLAN and add the service port and upstream port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan 100 smarthuawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7

NOTE

In the case of in-batch service provisioning, run the multi-service-port command.

3. Configure the ADSL2+ line profile.The data in the ADSL2+ line profile must be configured according to the actual lineconditions.huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) > 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G.992.3~5) > Please select (0~6) [1]: > Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]:



4-49

> Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3 > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3 > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]: > SNR margin for rate downshift downstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]: > SNR margin for rate upshift downstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]: > SNR margin for rate downshift upstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]: > SNR margin for rate upshift upstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]: > Will you set shifttime? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set INM downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notching configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully

4. Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile.The data in the ADSL2+ channel profile must be configured according to the actualchannel conditions. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rateof a user; therefore, when the ADSL2+ channel profile is configured, the line rateparameters need not be configured.huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]:1


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]:24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]:12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully

5. Configure the ADSL2+ line template.Bind the ADSL2+ line profile configured in Step 3 and the ADSL2+ channel profileconfigured in Step 4 to form the ADSL2+ line template with the index of 3.huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 3 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y> Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters:> Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 Add template 3 successfully

6. Activate ADSL2+ port 0/2/0.huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 3

7. Bind the ADSL2+ alarm template.



4-51

In this example, you can bind the default ADSL2+ alarm template 1. To meet actualrequirements, you can run adsl alarm-template add command to configure anADSL2+ alarm template.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1

8. Save the data.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quithuawei(config)#save

----End

ResultAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.

4.3.2 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE Service -GE Upstream

In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE mode to the MA5616through the ADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream throughthe GE port to the upper-layer device, thus implementing the Internet access service in thePPPoE/IPoE mode.



Contextl You can configure the traffic profile or the ADSL2+ line template (including a line profile

and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the twoprofiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of theactivation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile.


NetworkingFigure 4-3 shows an example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 4-3 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service

BRASRouter

LAN Switch

Modem

MA5616

PC

GE upstream

IPoE/PPPoE access

Data PlanTable 4-13 provides the data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service.

Table 4-13 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service







4-53


MA5616 Traffic profile Index: 7Access rate: 3072 kbit/sPriority: 6Priority policy: Local-Setting

The committedaccess rate, priority,and priority policyare configured in thetraffic profile. Whenadding a serviceport, you can specifythe traffic profile torestrict the accessrate, priority, andpriority policy.In ideal conditions,the access rateshould reach 3072kbit/s. In actualapplications,however, the portrate may be slightlylower than theexpected value (portqualification rate).In this case, theaccess rate must beset higher than theexpected value tomeet the userrequirements.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Line template Line template index: 3Line profile:l Index: 4







l Maximum interleavedelay (downstream):24 ms

l Maximum interleavedelay (upstream): 12ms


When an ADSL portis activated, theADSL port uses theline parameters andthe channelparametersconfigured in theline template tonegotiate with thepeer CPE. Ifnegotiation betweenboth sides issuccessful, theADSL port isactivated, and theline connected to theADSL port can carryservices.



4-55


Alarm template Alarm template index: 1(the default)


Network-sideVLAN



Service board:ADLE

ADSL2+ port: 0/2/0 -

Encapsulationformat

PPPoE In this example, theIPoE encapsulationis used as anexample.

Configuration FlowchartFigure 4-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on theMA5616.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 4-4 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616

End

Start


profile?

Create a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN


No

Yes


profile?

Add a line profile

No

Yes


profile? Add a channel

profile

No


template?

Add a line template

No

Is there an Appropriate alarm

profile?


No


alarm profile? Add a channel alarm

profile

No


template? Add an alarm

template

No


Activate the ADSL2+ port

Bind the alarm template

Save the data

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes



4-57

NOTE


Procedurel Configure the MA5616.

1. Query and configure the traffic profile.

(1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in thecurrent system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 7The access rate planned in Table 4-13 is 3072 kbit/s. After the query, it is foundthat there is no proper traffic profile.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.In the actual application, if there is a proper traffic profile that meets therequirements of the data plan, you can use the traffic profile directly and noconfiguration is required.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 3072 cbs 100304 pir 6144 pbs 200608priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully ------------------------------------------------ TD Index : 7 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_7 Priority : 6 Mapping Priority : -


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Priority Policy : local-pri CIR : 3072 kbps CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 200608 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------

2. Create a VLAN and add an upstream port and a service port to the VLAN.

(1) Create a VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart

(2) Add an upstream port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 0

(3) Create a service port.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 10 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7

NOTE


3. Configure the ADSL2+ line profile.The data in the ADSL2+ line profile must be configured according to the actual lineconditions. For how to add an ADSL2+ line profile, see "Adding an ADSL2+ LineTemplate."

4. Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile.The data in the ADSL2+ channel profile must be configured according to the actualchannel conditions. For how to add an ADSL2+ channel profile, see "Adding anADSL2+ Line Template."In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user. Therefore,when the ADSL2+ channel profile is used, the line rate parameters need not beconfigured.

5. Configure the ADSL2+ line template.Bind the ADSL2+ line profile configured in Step 3 and the ADSL2+ channel profileconfigured in Step 4 to form the ADSL2+ line template with the index of 3. For howto add an ADSL2+ line template, see "Adding an ADSL2+ Line Template."huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 3 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y> Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters:> Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 Add template 3 successfully

6. Activate ADSL2+ port 0/2/0.

A new ADSL2+ line template can be bound to an ADSL2+ port that is in thedeactivated state. If the ADSL2+ port is not in the deactivated state, you must



4-59

deactivate the port. Then, the configuration takes effect after a new ADSL2+ linetemplate is bound to the port and the port is activated.

(1) Check the status of ADSL2+ port 0/2/0.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#display port state { all<K>|portid<0,31> }:0 Command: display port state 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------- Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template ----------------------------------------------------------------- 0 Activating Disable 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------

If the ADSL2+ port is not in the deactivated state, deactivate the port, bind thenew ADSL2+ line template to the port, and then activate the port.

(2) Deactivate ADSL2+ port 0/2/0.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0

(3) Activate port 0/2/0 by using the ADSL2+ line template.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 3

7. Bind the ADSL2+ alarm template.In this example, ADSL2+ alarm template 1, which is the default alarm template of thesystem, is bound. Therefore, no configuration is required. In the actual application,configure the alarm template according to the data plan. For how to configure theADSL2+ alarm template, see "Configuring the ADSL2+ Alarm Template."huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1

8. Save the data.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quithuawei(config)#save

----End

Result

After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.

4.3.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service inthe Common Mode - GPON Upstream

In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoEor IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the datapackets upstream in the GEM frame format to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, thedata packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device through the upstream port, thusimplementing Internet access in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.

Prerequisite

Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Contextl You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile

and a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the twoprofiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of theactivation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile.In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.

l The MA5616 supports GPON upstream.

Networking

Figure 4-5 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.

Figure 4-5 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service

BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Splitter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE access

GPON upstream

GPON access



4-61

Data Plan

Table 4-14 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.

Table 4-14 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service





ONU: MA5616 Traffic profile Index: 8 (user-defined)

-

VDSL2 line profile Index: 3 (user-defined)

-


Index: 3 (user-defined)

-

VDSL2 line template Index: 2 (user-defined)

-



-



-

VDSL2 alarmtemplate


-

Network-side VLAN 100 This parameter mustbe the same as theuser-side VLAN ofthe OLT.



Encapsulationformat

IPoE In this example, theIPoE encapsulationis used as anexample.

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the

MA5616.

Figure 4-6 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616

Start

Create a VLAN

Add an upstream port to the VLAN

Configure a traffic profile (optional)

Save the data

Configure a VDSL2 alarm template

Activate the port

Configure a VDSL2 line template

Add a service port to the VLAN

End



4-63

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows:




l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616 is asfollows:1. Add a traffic profile (optional).

You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the information about thetraffic profiles existing in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the systemcannot meet the requirements, you need to add a traffic profile in this step.

huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 102400 priority 0 priority-policy tag-In-Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully -------------------------------------------- TD Index : 8 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_8 Priority : 0 Copy Priority : - Priority Policy : tag-pri CIR : 102400 kbps CBS : 1024000 bytes PIR : 204800 kbps PBS : 1024000 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status: not used --------------------------------------------




huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 14. Add a service port to the VLAN.

NOTE

In the case of in-batch service provisioning, run the multi-service-port.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap ipoe rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8/*If you want to adopt the PPPoE encapsulation mode, configure the user-encap parameter as pppoe.*/

5. Configure a VDSL2 line template.

You can configure a VDSL2 line template only after the VDSL2 line profile andVDSL2 channel profile are configured. For details about how to configure the VDSL2line template, see Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode).


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Activate the VDSL2 port by using the VDSL2 line template configured in Step 5.

huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2/*If the expected VDSL2 port is activated, run this command to deactivate the port.*/huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 template-index 2


For details about how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile, a VDSL2 channel alarmprofile, and a VDSL2 alarm template, and how to bind the template to a port, seeConfiguring the VDSL2 Alarm Template (Common Mode).


----End

Verification

After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE/IPoE mode.

4.3.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service inthe Common Mode - GE Upstream

In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoEor IPoE mode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the datapackets upstream through the GE port to the OLT, thus implementing Internet access in thePPPoE or IPoE mode.


l The VDSL2 mode must be the common mode.

l The data of the upper-layer device must be configured.

Context

You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profile and achannel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles worktogether, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate andthe committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile. In this example, the trafficprofile is used to limit the access rate of a user.

Networking




4-65


BRASRouter

LAN Switch

Modem

MA5616

PC

GE upstream

IPoE/PPPoE access

Data PlanTable 4-15 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.






MA5616 Traffic profile Index: 8 (user-defined) -

VDSL2 line profile Index: 3 (user-defined) -


Index: 3 (user-defined) -


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


VDSL2 linetemplate






VDSL2 alarmtemplate


Network-sideVLAN

100 -



Encapsulationformat

IPoE In this example, theIPoE encapsulationis used as anexample.

Configuration FlowchartFigure 4-8 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on theMA5616.



4-67


Start

Create a VLAN


Configure a traffic profile (optional)

Save the data

Configure a VDSL2 alarm template

Activate the port



End

NOTE




Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


(1) You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the information aboutthe traffic profiles existing in the system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 7

Table 4-15 lists the user-defined traffic profile whose ID is 8. After the query,it is found that there is no proper traffic profile.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.In the actual application, if there is a proper traffic profile that meets therequirements of the data plan, you can use the traffic profile directly and noconfiguration is required.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 102400 priority 0 priority-policy tag-In-Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully ------------------------------------------------ TD Index : 8 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_8 Priority : 0 Mapping Priority : - Priority Policy : tag-pri CIR : 102400 kbps CBS : 3278800 bytes PIR : 204800 kbps PBS : 6555600 bytes Color Mode : blind



4-69

Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------




huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 04. Add a service port to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap ipoe rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 /*If the PPPoE encapsulation mode is required, configure the user-encap parameter to pppoe.*/

NOTE



You can configure a VDSL2 line template only after the VDSL2 line profile andVDSL2 channel profile are configured. For details about how to configure the VDSL2line template, see "Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode)."

6. Activate VDSL2 port 0/1/2.

A new VSDL2 line template can be bound to a VDSL2 port that is in the deactivatedstate. If the VDSL2 port is not in the deactivated state, you must deactivate the port.Then, the configuration takes effect after a new VSDL2 line template is bound to theport and the port is activated.

(1) Check the status of VDSL2 port 0/1/2.huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#display port state { all<K>|portid<0,15> }:2 Command: display port state 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------- Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template ----------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Activating Disable 1 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------- If the VDSL2 port is not in the deactivated state, deactivate the port, bind thenew VSDL2 line template to the port, and then activate the port.

(2) Deactivate VDSL2 port 0/1/2.huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2

(3) Activate VDSL2 port 0/1/2 by using the line template.huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 template-index 2


For how to add a VDSL2 line alarm profile, a VDSL2 channel alarm profile, a VDSL2alarm template, and bind a profile to a port, see "Configuring a VDSL2 AlarmTemplate (Common Mode)."


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 38. Save the data.

huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quithuawei(config)#save

----End

ResultAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.

4.3.5 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service inthe TI Mode - GPON Upstream

In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE modeto the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream GPON to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwardedto the upper-layer device in the GE mode, thus implementing Internet access in the PPPoE orIPoE mode.


Contextl You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 service Profile on the MA5616 to limit

the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated toa user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate(CIR) configured in the traffic profile.



NetworkingFigure 4-9 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service.



4-71


BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Splitter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE access

GPON upstream

GPON access



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)



OLT:MA5680T

For the OLTs of different types or in different versions, the data plans aredifferent. Therefore, select the data plan according to the requirements. Fordetails, see the following sections:l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T



ONU:MA5616

Traffic profile Index: 7Access rate: 8192 kbit/sPriority: 6Priority policy: Local-Setting

The committedaccess rate,priority, andpriority policy areconfigured in thetraffic profile.When you add aservice port,specify the trafficprofile to restrictthe access rate,priority and prioritypolicy of the user.

Serviceprofile

l Index: 3

l Channel mode: PTM

l Adaptation mode of thetransmission speed: dynamicadaptation

l Other parameters: default settingsWhen the VDSLport is activated,the VDSL port usesthe line parametersand channelparametersconfigured in thesix profiles tonegotiate with thepeer CPE. If thenegotiationbetween both sidesis successful, theVDSL port isactivated, and theline connected tothe VDSL port cancarry services.

Spectrumprofile

l Index: 3

l Transmission mode: all

l ADSL upstream sub-carrierblackout parameter: 20, 25-30

l ADSL downstream sub-carrierblackout parameter: 10-15

l Other parameters: default settings

Noise marginprofile

l Index: 3

l Target SNR margin (upstream/downstream) : 12 dB

l Minimum SNR margin(upstream/downstream): 1 dB

l Other parameters: default settings

UPBO profile Index: 1 (system default template)

DPBO profile Index: 1 (system default template)



4-73


Delay-INPprofile

Index: 1 (system default template)

Alarmtemplate

Index: 1 (system default template) The alarmthresholds for theline parameters areconfigured in thealarm template.After being boundto a port, the alarmtemplate can beused to monitor theconditions of theline connected tothe port.In the default alarmtemplate, all alarmthresholds are 0,which indicatesthat the lineconditions are notmonitored.

VDSL2 port 0/1/2 -


Network-sideVLAN

100 This parametermust be the same asthe user-sideVLAN of the OLT.

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows:



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-10 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the

MA5616.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Start

Configure a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN.

Activate the VDSL2 port

A proper traffic profile exists?

Yes Configure a traffic profile

No

A proper service profile exists?

Yes Configure a service profile

No

A proper spectrum profile exists?

Yes Configure a spectrum profile

No

Port activated?

Yes

No

Deactivate the VDSL2 port

Bind alarm profile

Save the data

End

A proper SNR margin profile exists?

Yes Configure a SNR margin profile

No

A proper UPBO profile exists?

Yes Configure a UPBO profile

No

Yes Configure a DPBO profile

No

A proper alarm profile exists?

Yes Configure an alarm profile

No

A proper DPBO profile exists?

Yes Configure a delay-INP

profile

No A proper delay-INP

profile exists?



4-75

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the OLT is as follows:




l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on the MA5616 is asfollows:1. Query and configure the traffic profile.

(1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in thecurrent system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 7The query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements listed inTable 4-16. Therefore, you need to create one.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully ------------------------------------------------ TD Index :


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

7 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_7 Priority : 6 Mapping Priority : - Priority Policy : local-pri CIR : 8192 kbps CBS : 264144 bytes PIR : 16384 kbps PBS : 526288 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------

2. Configure a VLAN and add ports to the VLAN.

(1) Create a VLANhuawei(config)#vlan 100 smart

(2) Add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN.huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1

(3) Add a service port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7

NOTE

In the case of in-batch service provisioning, run the multi-service-port command to addservice ports in batches.

3. Configure a VDSL2 service profile.

You can add a service profile according to your service requirements. Assume thatservice profile 3 is added in this example.

huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Bit swap upstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Form of transmit rate adaptation: > 1-manual, 2-adaptAtInit, 3-dynamic (1~3) [2]:3 > Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 1? (y/n) [n]: > Will you enable bearer 2? (y/n) [n] Add profile 3 successfully



4-77

4. Configure a VDSL2 spectrum profile.

Assume that VDSL2 spectrum profile 3 is added.huawei(config)#vdsl spectrum-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G.993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G.993.2) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G.993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]:1 > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or start tone index to end tone > index. Start tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example:20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs:20,25-30 > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs:10-15 > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]:1 > 3-adsl2Pots 4-adsl2Isdn 5-adsl2PlusPots > 6-adsl2PlusIsdn 7-adsl2ReachExtended 8-vdsl2Pots > 9-vdsl2Isdn > Please select [3]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

enabling: > Allow transitions to idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > Allow transitions to low power 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [400]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [380]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [200]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [125]: > Maximum aggregate receive power upstream > value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510)in steps of 1 > (0~510 0.1dBm) [380]: > Will you set PSD mask value downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set PSD mask value upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Upstream PSD mask selection(ADSL mode): > 1-ADLU-32/EU-32 2-ADLU-36/EU-36 > 3-ADLU-40/EU-40 4-ADLU-44/EU-44 > 5-ADLU-48/EU-48 6-ADLU-52/EU-52 > 7-ADLU-56/EU-56 8-ADLU-60/EU-60 > 9-ADLU-64/EU-64 > Please select (1~9) [1]: > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl 3-adsl2Pots > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: Add profile 3 successfully

5. Configure a VDSL2 noise margin profile.

Assume that VDSL2 noise margin 3 is added.

huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will



4-79

be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:12 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]:1 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:12 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]:1 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Will you set SRA margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully

6. Bind a VDSL2 alarm template to the port.– Assume that the default alarm template is not used. For example, use alarm

template 2. Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add alarm template 2,and then run the alarm-config command to bind the alarm template to the port.

– After configuring the VDSL2 alarm template, bind it to the corresponding port tovalidate the alarm template. By default, alarm template 1 is bound to each port.

– In this example, the default alarm template is used, and there is no need to configurea new alarm template.

7. Activate a VDSL2 port.The VDSL2 profile configured in Step 3, Step 4, and Step 5 is used for activatingport 0/1/2. Use the default settings for other profiles.huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 spectrum-profile-index 3 dpbo-profile-index 1 upbo-profile-index 1 service-profile-index 3 noise-margin-profile-index 3 delay-inp-profile-index 1


----End

VerificationAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.

4.3.6 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service inthe TI Mode - GE Upstream

In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoE or IPoE modeto the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream to the upper-layer device in the GE mode, thus implementing Internet access in thePPPoE or IPoE mode.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


l The VDSL2 mode must be TI.

l The data of the upper-layer device must be configured.

NetworkingYou can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 service Profile on the MA5616 to limit theaccess rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user isthe smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configuredin the traffic profile.

In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.



BRASRouter

LAN Switch

Modem

MA5616

PC

GE upstream

IPoE/PPPoE access




4-81






MA5616 Traffic profile Index: 7Access rate: 8192 kbit/sPriority: 6Priority policy: Local-Setting

The committedaccess rate, priority,and priority policyare configured in thetraffic profile. Whenyou add a serviceport, specify thetraffic profile torestrict the accessrate, priority andpriority policy of theuser.

Service profile l Index: 3

l Channel mode: PTM

l Adaptation mode ofthe transmissionspeed: dynamicadaptation


When the VDSLport is activated, theVDSL port uses theline parameters andchannel parametersconfigured in the sixprofiles to negotiatewith the peer CPE. Ifthe negotiationbetween both sidesis successful, theVDSL port isactivated, and theline connected to theVDSL port can carryservices.

Spectrum profile l Index: 3

l Transmission mode:all

l ADSL upstream sub-carrier blackoutparameter: 20, 25-30

l ADSL downstreamsub-carrier blackoutparameter: 10-15



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Noise marginprofile

l Index: 3




UPBO profile Index: 1 (system defaulttemplate)

DPBO profile Index: 1 (system defaulttemplate)

Delay-INP profile Index: 1 (system defaulttemplate)

Alarm template Index: 1 (system defaulttemplate)


VDSL2 Port 0/1/2 -


Network-sideVLAN

100 -

Configuration FlowchartFigure 4-12 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE service on theMA5616.



4-83


Start





No



No



No

Port activated?

Yes

No


Bind alarm profile

Save the data

End

A proper SNR margin profile exists?


No



No


No



No



profile

No A proper delay-INP

profile exists?


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

NOTE




(1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in thecurrent system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 7The query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements listed inTable 4-17. Therefore, you need to create one.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully ------------------------------------------------ TD Index : 7 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_7 Priority : 6 Mapping Priority : - Priority Policy : local-pri



4-85

CIR : 8192 kbps CBS : 264144 bytes PIR : 16384 kbps PBS : 526288 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------

2. Create a VLAN and add an upstream port and a service port to the VLAN.



(3) Add a service port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 /*If the IPoE encapsulation mode is required, configure the user-encap parameter to ipoe.*/

NOTE



Add service profile 3 according to the data plan listed in Table 4-17. For details, see"Adding a VDSL2 Service Profile (TI Mode)."


Add spectrum profile 3 according to the data plan listed in Table 4-17. For details,see "Adding a VDSL2 Spectrum Profile (TI Mode)."

5. Configure a VDSL2 SNR margin profile.

Add SNR margin profile 3 according to the data plan listed in Table 4-17. For details,see "Adding a VDSL2 SNR Margin Profile (TI Mode)."

6. Bind a VDSL2 alarm template to the port.According to the data plan, alarm template 1 of the default alarm template of the systemis used. Therefore, no configuration is required.In the actual application, if the alarm template needs to be added according to therequirements, see "Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Template (TI Mode)."

7. Activate a VDSL2 port.

A new VSDL2 line template can be bound to a VDSL2 port that is in the deactivatedstate. If the VDSL2 port is not in the deactivated state, you must deactivate the port.Then, the configuration takes effect after a new VSDL2 line template is bound to theport and the port is activated.

(1) Check the status of VDSL2 port 0/1/2.huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#display port state { all<K>|portid<0,15> }:2 Command:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

display port state 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Port Status Loopback Spec DPBO UPBO Serv NM DINP Alarm Prof Prof Prof Prof Prof Prof Temp --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 Activating Disable 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- If the VDSL2 port is not in the deactivated state, deactivate the port, bind thenew VSDL2 line template to the port, and then activate the port.

(2) Deactivate VDSL2 port 0/1/2.huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 2

(3) Activate port 0/1/2 by using the VDSL2 profile configured in Step 3, Step 4, andStep 5. The other profiles use profile 1, the default profile of the system.huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 2 spectrum-profile-index 3 dpbo-profile-index 1 upbo-profile-index 1 service-profile-index 3 noise-margin-profile-index 3 delay-inp-profile-index 1


----End

VerificationAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE or IPoE mode.

4.4 Configuration Example of the IPoA ServiceThe MA5616 provides the service in the IPoA encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ andVDSL2 access technologies.

4.4.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ IPoA Service - GPON UpstreamIn this example, the user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to the MA5616 through theADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPONport to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.

4.4.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPONUpstreamIn this example, the common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the IPoA modeto the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packetsare forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.

4.4.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON UpstreamIn this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to theMA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream



4-87

through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets areforwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.

4.4.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ IPoA Service -GPON Upstream

In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to the MA5616 through theADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPONport to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.



Contextl With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode becomes a mainstream access

mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, the MA5616 supportsthe conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol, andtransparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network.

l In the IPoA access mode, for the packet, a dynamic IP address (not to specify the sourceIP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of thepacket) can be used. When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoAstatic encapsulation type, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulationtype, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation type.

l You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profileand a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the twoprofiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of theactivation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile.


NetworkingFigure 4-13 shows an example network of the ADSL2+ IPoA service.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 4-13 Example network of the ADSL2+ IPoA service

BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Splitter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

ADSL2+ IPoA access

GPON upstream

GPON access

Data PlanTable 4-18 provides the data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service.



4-89

Table 4-18 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service



l The BRAS performs the related configurations according to theauthentication and accounting requirements of dialup users, for example,configures the access user domain (including the authentication scheme,accounting scheme, and authorization scheme bound to the domain) andspecifies the RADIUS server.

l If the BRAS is used to authenticate users, you need to configure the username and the password for each user on the BRAS. If the BRAS is used toallocate IP addresses, you need to configure the corresponding IP addresspool on the BRAS.

OLT:MA5680T




ONU:MA5616

Trafficprofile

Index: 7Access rate: 3072kbit/sPriority: 6Priority policy:Local-Setting

The committed access rate, priority, andpriority policy are configured in thetraffic profile. When adding a serviceport, you can specify the traffic profile torestrict the access rate, priority, andpriority policy.In ideal conditions, the access rate shouldreach 3072 kbit/s. In actual applications,however, the port rate may be slightlylower than the expected value (portqualification rate). In this case, the accessrate must be set higher than the expectedvalue to meet the user requirements.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Linetemplate

Line templateindex: 3Line profile:l Index: 3

l Rate adaptationmode (upstream/downstream):adaptAtRuntime

l Target SNRmargin(upstream/downstream): 12dB

l Minimum SNRmargin(upstream/downstream): 2dB

l Otherparameters:default settings


l Minimum INPvalue (upstream/downstream): 4(twoSymbols)

l Maximuminterleave delay(downstream):24 ms

l Maximuminterleave delay(upstream): 12ms

l Otherparameters:default settings

When an ADSL port is activated, theADSL port uses the line parameters andthe channel parameters configured in theline template to negotiate with the peerCPE. If the negotiation between bothsides is successful, the ADSL port isactivated, and the line connected to theADSL port can carry services.



4-91


Alarmtemplate

Alarm templateindex: 1 (thedefault)

The alarm thresholds for the lineparameters are configured in the alarmtemplate. After being bound to a port, thealarm template can be used to monitor theconditions of the line connected to theport.In the default alarm template, all alarmthresholds are 0, which indicates that theline conditions are not monitored.

Network-side VLAN

100 This parameter must be the same as theuser-side VLAN of the OLT.

Upstreamport

0/0/1 The daughter board for the control boardis a GPON daughter board.

ADLE ADSL2+ port:0/2/0

-

IPoAdefaultgateway

IP address: 10.1.1.1 It is the IP address of the upper-layerrouter.

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the OLT is as follows:



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-14 shows the flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the

MA5616.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 4-14 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the MA5616

Save the data

Start

End

Create a VLAN and addports to the VLAN Bind the alarm template

Is there an appropriatetraffic profile?

Yes

No

Activate an ADSL2+ port

Configure the MACaddress pool

Enbale the protocolconversion

Set the encapsulation type

Configure the default IPoAgateway



Add a line profile


Add a channel profile

Add a channel alarmprofile

Add a line template

Add an alarm template

Is there an appropriateline profile?

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

Is there an appropriatechannel profile?

Is there an appropriateline template?

Is there an appropriatealarm profile?

Is there anappropriate channle

alarm profile?

Is there an appropriatealarm template?

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the OLT is as follows:



4-93




l The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ IPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows:1. Query and configure the traffic profile.

(1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in thecurrent system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 7

The query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements listed inTable 4-18. Therefore, you need to create one.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 3072 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully ------------------------------------------------ TD Index : 7 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_7 Priority : 6 Mapping Priority : - Priority Policy : local-pri CIR : 3072 kbps


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 198608 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------

2. Configure the VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan 100 smarthuawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7

NOTE


3. Configure the ADSL2+ line profile.

The data in the ADSL2+ line profile must be configured according to the actual lineconditions.

huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will beneglected> Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]:> Transmission mode:> 0: Custom> 1: All (G992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI)> 2: Full rate(G992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI)> 3: G.DMT (G992.1/3/5)> 4: G.HS (G992.1~5)> 5: ADSL (G992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413)> 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G992.3~5)> Please select (0~6) [1]:> Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]:> Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]:> Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]:> Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream:> 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3> Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream:> 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3> Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y> Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80> Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20> Maximum SNR margin downstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]:> Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80> Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20> Maximum SNR margin upstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]:> SNR margin for rate downshift downstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]:> SNR margin for rate upshift downstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]:> SNR margin for rate downshift upstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]:> SNR margin for rate upshift upstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]:> Will you set shifttime? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set INM downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]:



4-95

> Will you set RFI notching configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully

4. Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile.

The data in the ADSL2+ channel profile must be configured according to the actualchannel conditions. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the user accessrate of a user (see Step 1); therefore, when the ADSL2+ channel profile is configured,the line rate parameters need not be configured.

huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]:1 > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]:24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]:12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n)


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

[n]: Add profile 4 successfully

5. Configure the ADSL2+ line template.Bind the ADSL2+ line profile configured in Step 3 and the ADSL2+ channel profileconfigured in Step 4 to form the ADSL2+ line template with the index of 3.huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 3 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 Add template 3 successfully


7. Bind the ADSL2+ alarm template.In this example, you can bind the default ADSL2+ alarm template 1. To meet actualrequirements, you can run adsl alarm-template add command to configure anADSL2+ alarm template.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1

8. Configure the IPoA service.– Configure MAC address pool 0, and configure its start address as 0000-0000-0001.

huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quithuawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001

– Enable the IPoA protocol conversion function.huawei(config)#ipoa enable

– Set the IPoA default gateway.huawei(config)#ipoa default gateway 10.1.1.1

– Set the IPoA encapsulation format of ADSL2+ port 0/2/0 to LLC-IPoA.huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/2 start-portId 0 end-portId 0 type ipoa llc


----End

ResultAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the IPoA mode.



4-97

4.4.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in theCommon Mode - GPON Upstream

In this example, the common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the IPoA modeto the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packetsare forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.


l The modem supports the IPoA access mode.



l In the IPoA access mode, for the packet, a dynamic IP address (not to specify the sourceIP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of thepacket) can be used. When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoAstatic encapsulation type, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulationtype, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation type.

l You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profileand a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the twoprofiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the minimum bandwidth of thetwo profiles. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.


NetworkingFigure 4-15 shows an example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 4-15 Example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service

BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Splitter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

VDSL2 IPoA access

GPON upstream

GPON access

Data PlanTable 4-19 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service.



4-99

Table 4-19 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service






-


-



-


-



-



-

VDSL2 alarmtemplate


-




rx-cttr 6 -

tx-cttr 6 -

Encapsulationformat

IPoA -

IPoA defaultgateway

IP address:10.71.42.1

IP address of theupper-layer router

Terminal Modem IPoA encapsulation -


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the OLT is as follows:



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-16 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the

MA5616.



4-101

Figure 4-16 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616

Create a VLAN


Add a traffic profile (optional)

Save the data

Configure the VDSL2 alarm template

Activate the port



End

Configure a MAC address pool

Enable the IPoA protocol conversion function

Set the IPoA default gateway

Set the encapsulation format of the port

Start


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the OLT is as follows:




l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows:1. Add a traffic profile (optional).








NOTE

In the case of in-batch service provisioning, run the multi-service-port command.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr

5. Configure a MAC address pool.

Configure MAC address pool 0, and configure its start address as 0000-0000-0001.

huawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001

6. Enable the IPoA protocol conversion function.huawei(config)#ipoa enable



4-103

7. Set the IPoA default gateway.huawei(config)#ipoa default gateway 10.71.42.1

8. Set the encapsulation format of the port.

Set the IPoA encapsulation format of the VDSL2 port to LLC.

huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 type ipoa llc srcIP 10.71.42.10


You can configure a VDSL2 line template only after the VDSL2 line profile andVDSL2 channel profile are configured. For details about how to configure a VDSL2line template, see Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode).







----End

VerificationAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the IPoA mode.

4.4.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 IPoA Service in the TIMode - GPON Upstream

In this example, the TI mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the IPoA mode to theMA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstreamthrough the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets areforwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.


Contextl With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode for the DSLAM becomes a

mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, theMA5616 supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoEprotocol, and transparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

l Currently, the actual services applicable to the IPoA/PPPoA users are common Internetaccess services.

l In the IPoA access mode, for the packet, a dynamic IP address (not to specify the sourceIP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of thepacket) can be used. When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoAstatic encapsulation format, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulationformat first, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation format.

l You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 service Profile on the MA5616 to limitthe access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated toa user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate(CIR) configured in the traffic profile.


NetworkingFigure 4-17 shows an example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service.



4-105

Figure 4-17 Example network of the VDSL2 IPoA service

BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Splitter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

VDSL2 IPoA access

GPON upstream

GPON access

Data PlanTable 4-20 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Table 4-20 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service


OLT:MA5680T




ONU:MA5616


The committedaccess rate, priority,and priority policyare configured in thetraffic profile. Whenyou add a serviceport, specify thetraffic profile torestrict the accessrate, priority andpriority policy of theuser.

Serviceprofile

l Index: 3

l Channel mode: ATM

l Adaptation mode of thetransmission speed: dynamicadaptation

l Other parameters: defaultsettings

When the VDSL portis activated, theVDSL port uses theline parameters andchannel parametersconfigured in the sixprofiles to negotiatewith the peer CPE. Ifthe negotiationbetween both sides issuccessful, the VDSLport is activated, andthe line connected tothe VDSL port cancarry services.

Spectrumprofile

l Index: 3


l ADSL upstream sub-carrierblackout parameter: 20, 25-30

l ADSL downstream sub-carrierblackout parameter: 10-15


Noise marginprofile

l Index: 3

l Target SNR margin (upstream/downstream): 12 dB

l Minimum SNR margin(upstream/downstream): 1 dB




4-107


UPBO profile Index: 1 (system default template)

DPBO profile Index: 1 (system default template)

Delay-INPprofile

Index: 1 (system default template)

Alarmtemplate

Index: 1 (system default template) The alarm thresholdsfor the lineparameters areconfigured in thealarm template. Afterbeing bound to a port,the alarm templatecan be used tomonitor theconditions of the lineconnected to the port.In the default alarmtemplate, all alarmthresholds are 0,which indicates thatthe line conditionsare not monitored.

VDSL2 port 0/1/0 -


UpstreamVLAN


Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the OLT is as follows:



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-18 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the

MA5616.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 4-18 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616

Start




No



No



No

Port activated?

Yes

No


Configure the encapsulation type

Save the data

End

A proper SNR margin profile

exists?


No



No


No



No



profile

No A proper delay-INP profile

exists?

Enable the protocol conversion switch

Bind the alarm profile

Configure the IPoA default gateway





4-109

NOTE

When adding a service port, you can choose the data channel mode between ATM and PTM. Where, thePTM channel mode does not support PPPoA access or IPoA access.

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the OLT is as follows:




l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 IPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows:1. Query and configure the traffic profile.

(1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in thecurrent system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 7

The query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements listed inFigure 4-17. Therefore, you need to create one.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)



(1) Create a VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart


(3) Add a service port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7

NOTE




huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM (1~2) [2]:1 > Bit swap downstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Bit swap upstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Form of transmit rate adaptation: > 1-manual, 2-adaptAtInit, 3-dynamic (1~3) [2]:3 > Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 1? (y/n) [n]: > Will you enable bearer 2? (y/n)



4-111

[n] Add profile 3 successfully


Assume that VDSL2 spectrum profile 3 is added.

huawei(config)#vdsl spectrum-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G.993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G.993.2) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G.993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]:1 > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or start tone index to end tone > index. Start tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example:20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs:20,25-30 > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs:10-15 > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]:1 > 3-adsl2Pots 4-adsl2Isdn 5-adsl2PlusPots > 6-adsl2PlusIsdn 7-adsl2ReachExtended 8-vdsl2Pots > 9-vdsl2Isdn > Please select [3]:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state enabling: > Allow transitions to idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > Allow transitions to low power 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [400]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [380]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [200]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [125]: > Maximum aggregate receive power upstream > value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510)in steps of 1 > (0~510 0.1dBm) [380]: > Will you set PSD mask value downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set PSD mask value upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Upstream PSD mask selection(ADSL mode): > 1-ADLU-32/EU-32 2-ADLU-36/EU-36 > 3-ADLU-40/EU-40 4-ADLU-44/EU-44 > 5-ADLU-48/EU-48 6-ADLU-52/EU-52 > 7-ADLU-56/EU-56 8-ADLU-60/EU-60 > 9-ADLU-64/EU-64 > Please select (1~9) [1]: > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl 3-adsl2Pots > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: Add profile 3 successfully



huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile add 3



4-113

Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:12 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]:1 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:12 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]:1 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Will you set SRA margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully

6. Bind a VDSL2 alarm template to the port.

– Assume that the default alarm template is not used. For example, use alarmtemplate 2. Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add alarm template 2,and then run the alarm-config command to bind it to the port.




The VDSL2 profile configured in Step 3, Step 4, and Step 5 is used for activatingport 0/1/0. Use the default settings for other profiles.huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 spectrum-profile-index 3 dpbo-profile-index 1 upbo-profile-index 1 service-profile-index 3 noise-margin-profile-index 3 delay-inp-profile-index 1



huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quithuawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001

9. Enable the IPoA protocol conversion function.huawei(config)#ipoa enable

10. Set the IPoA default gateway.huawei(config)#ipoa default gateway 10.1.1.1

11. Set the IPoA encapsulation format of VDSL2 port 0/1/0 to LLC.huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 type ipoa llc srcIP 10.1.1.20

12. Save the data.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

huawei(config)#save

----End

VerificationAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE/IPoE mode.

4.5 Configuration Example of the PPPoA ServiceThe MA5616 provides the service in the PPPoA encapsulation mode through the ADSL2+ andVDSL2 access technologies.

4.5.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoA Service - GPON UpstreamIn this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA mode to the MA5616 through theADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPONport to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.

4.5.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the Common Mode - GPONUpstreamIn this example, the common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA modeto the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packetsare forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.

4.5.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the TI Mode - GPON UpstreamIn this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoAmode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packetsare forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.

4.5.1 Configuration Example of the ADSL2+ PPPoA Service -GPON Upstream

In this example, the user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA mode to the MA5616 through theADSL2+ modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packets upstream through the GPONport to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packets are forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.





l In the IPoA access mode, for the packet, a dynamic IP address (not to specify the sourceIP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of the



4-115

packet) can be used. When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoAstatic encapsulation type, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulationtype, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation type.

l You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profileand a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the twoprofiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of theactivation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile.


NetworkingFigure 4-19 shows an example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoA service.

Figure 4-19 Example network of the ADSL2+ PPPoA service

BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Optical spliter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

ADSL2+ PPPoA access

GPON upstream

GPON access


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Data PlanTable 4-21 provides the data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service.

Table 4-21 Data plan for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service



l The BRAS performs the related configurations according to theauthentication and accounting requirements of dialup users, for example,configures the access user domain (including the authentication scheme,accounting scheme, and authorization scheme bound to the domain) andspecifies the RADIUS server.

l If the BRAS is used to authenticate users, you need to configure the username and the password for each user on the BRAS. If the BRAS is used toallocate IP addresses, you need to configure the corresponding IP addresspool on the BRAS.

OLT:MA5680T




ONU:MA5616

Trafficprofile

Index: 7Access rate: 3072 kbit/sPriority: 6Priority policy: Local-Setting

The committed access rate,priority, and priority policyare configured in the trafficprofile. When adding aservice port, you can specifythe traffic profile to restrictthe access rate, priority, andpriority policy.In ideal conditions, the accessrate should reach 3072 kbit/s.In actual applications,however, the port rate may beslightly lower than theexpected value (portqualification rate). In thiscase, the access rate must beset higher than the expectedvalue to meet the userrequirements.



4-117


Linetemplate

Line template index: 3Line profile:l Index: 4


l Target SNR margin(upstream/downstream): 8dB

l Minimum SNR margin(upstream/downstream): 2dB




l Maximum interleavedelay (downstream): 24ms

l Maximum interleavedelay (upstream): 12 ms


When an ADSL port isactivated, the ADSL portuses the line parameters andthe channel parametersconfigured in the linetemplate to negotiate with thepeer CPE. If the negotiationbetween both sides issuccessful, the ADSL port isactivated, and the lineconnected to the ADSL portcan carry services.

Alarmtemplate

Alarm template index: 1 (thedefault)

The alarm thresholds for theline parameters areconfigured in the alarmtemplate. After being boundto a port, the alarm templatecan be used to monitor theconditions of the lineconnected to the port.In the default alarm template,all alarm thresholds are 0,which indicates that the lineconditions are not monitored.

Network-side VLAN

100 This parameter must be thesame as the user-side VLANof the OLT.

Upstreamport

0/0/1 The daughter board for thecontrol board is a GPONdaughter board.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


ADLE ADSL2+ port: 0/2/0 -

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows:



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-20 shows the flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the

MA5616.



4-119

Figure 4-20 Flowchart for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the MA5616

Save the data

Start

End

Create a VLAN and addports to the VLAN Bind the alarm template

Is there an appropriatetraffic profile?

Yes

No

alarm profile?

Activate an ADSL2+ port

Configure the MACaddress pool

Enbale the protocolconversion

Set the encapsulation type



Add a line profile


Add a channel profile

channle alarm profile?

Add a channel alarmprofile

line template?

Add a line template

alarm template?Add an alarm

template

Is there an appropriateline profile?

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

Is there an appropriate





channel profile?

NOTE


Procedurel The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows:



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)



l The procedure for configuring the ADSL2+ PPPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows:


You can configure the traffic profile or the ADSL2+ line profile on the MA5616 tolimit the access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidthallocated to a user is the minimum bandwidth of the two profiles. In this example, thetraffic profile is used to limit the access rate of a user.

(1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles configured in thecurrent system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri 7 3072 100304 6144 200608 6 - local-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 8

The access rate of a user is 3072 kbit/s as listed in Table 4-21, and after query,it is found that traffic profile 7 is available.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.

If no traffic profile in the system meets the requirements listed in Table 4-21,you need to create one.

2. Create a VLAN and add the service port and upstream port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan 100 smarthuawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7

NOTE


3. Configure the ADSL2+ line profile.



4-121

The data in the ADSL2+ line profile must be configured according to the actual lineconditions.huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will beneglected> Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]:> Transmission mode:> 0: Custom> 1: All (G992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI)> 2: Full rate(G992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI)> 3: G.DMT (G992.1/3/5)> 4: G.HS (G992.1~5)> 5: ADSL (G992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413)> 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G992.3~5)> Please select (0~6) [1]:> Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]:> Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]:> Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]:> Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream:> 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3> Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream:> 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]:3> Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y> Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80> Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20> Maximum SNR margin downstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]:> Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:80> Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~80 0.1dB) [0]:20> Maximum SNR margin upstream (80~310 0.1dB) [300]:> SNR margin for rate downshift downstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]:> SNR margin for rate upshift downstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]:> SNR margin for rate downshift upstream (20~80 0.1dB) [30]:> SNR margin for rate upshift upstream (80~300 0.1dB) [90]:> Will you set shifttime? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set INM downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notching configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set network timing reference? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully

4. Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile.The data in the ADSL2+ channel profile must be configured according to the actualchannel conditions. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the access rateof a user(see Step 1); therefore, when the ADSL2+ channel profile is configured, theline rate parameters need not be configured.huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 4 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

> Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]:1 > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]:24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]:12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set retransmission function (y/n) [n]: > Will you set erasure decoding? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 4 successfully

5. Configure the ADSL2+ line template.Bind the ADSL2+ line profile configured in Step 3 and the ADSL2+ channel profileconfigured in Step 4 to form the ADSL2+ line template with the index of 3.huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 3 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:4 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:4



4-123

Add template 3 successfully


7. Bind the ADSL2+ alarm template.In this example, you can bind the default ADSL2+ alarm template 1. To meet actualrequirements, you can run the adsl alarm-template add command to configure anADSL2+ alarm template.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1

8. Configure the PPPoA service.

(1) Configure MAC address pool 0, and configure its start address as0000-0000-0001.huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quithuawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001

(2) Enable the PPPoA protocol conversion function.huawei(config)#pppoa enable

(3) Set the PPPoA encapsulation format of ADSL2+ port 0/2/0 to LLC-PPPoA.huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 type pppoa llc


----End

ResultAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoA mode.

4.5.2 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in theCommon Mode - GPON Upstream

In this example, the common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoA modeto the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packetsare forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.


l The modem supports the PPPoA access mode.



l You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line template (including a line profileand a channel profile) on the MA5616 to limit the access rate of a user. When the two


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated to a user is the smaller bandwidth of theactivation rate and the committed information rate (CIR) configured in the traffic profile.



NetworkingFigure 4-21 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service.

Figure 4-21 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service

BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Splitter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

VDSL2 PPPoA access

GPON upstream

GPON access

Data PlanTable 4-22 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service.



4-125

Table 4-22 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service






-


-



-


-



-



-

VDSL2 alarmtemplate


-




rx-cttr 6 -

tx-cttr 6 -

Encapsulationformat

PPPoA -

Terminal Modem PPPoAencapsulation

-

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-22 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the

MA5616.



4-127

Figure 4-22 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616

Start

Create a VLAN


Add a traffic profile (optional)

Save the data

Configure the VDSL2 alarm template

Activate the port



End


Enable the PPPoA protocol converting

function

Set the PPPoA encapsulation format

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)




l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows:

1. Add a traffic profile (optional).








NOTE

In the case of in-batch service provisioning, run the multi-service-port command.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6



huawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001

6. Enable the PPPoA protocol converting function.huawei(config)#pppoa enable

7. Set the PPPoA encapsulation format of the VDSL2 port to LLC.huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 type PPPoA llc




4-129

You can configure a VDSL2 line template only after the VDSL2 line profile andVDSL2 channel profile are configured. For details about how to configure a VDSL2line template, see Configuring a VDSL2 Line Template (Common Mode).







----End

Verification

After the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoA mode.

4.5.3 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoA Service in the TIMode - GPON Upstream

In this example, the VDSL2 common mode is used. The user's data packets are sent in the PPPoAmode to the MA5616 through the VDSL2 modem, and then the MA5616 sends the data packetsupstream through the GPON port to the OLT. After being processed by the OLT, the data packetsare forwarded to the upper-layer device in the GE mode.

Prerequisite

Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.

Contextl With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode for the DSLAM becomes a

mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user-side modem in the ATM access mode, theMA5616 supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoEprotocol, and transparently connects the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upper-layer IP network.

l Currently, the actual services applicable to the IPoA/PPPoA users are common Internetaccess services.

l You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 service Profile on the MA5616 to limitthe access rate of a user. When the two profiles work together, the bandwidth allocated toa user is the smaller bandwidth of the activation rate and the committed information rate(CIR) configured in the traffic profile.



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

NetworkingFigure 4-23 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service.

Figure 4-23 Example network of the VDSL2 PPPoA service

BRAS

Router

OLT

ModemModem

PC

Splitter

MA5616_BMA5616_A

PC

VDSL2 PPPoA access

GPON upstream

GPON access

Data PlanTable 4-23 provides the data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service.



4-131

Table 4-23 Data plan for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service


OLT:MA5680T




ONU:MA5616


The committed access rate,priority, and priority policyare configured in the trafficprofile. When you add aservice port, specify thetraffic profile to restrict theaccess rate, priority andpriority policy of the user.

Serviceprofile

l Index: 3

l Channel mode: ATM

l Adaptation mode of thetransmission speed:dynamic adaptation


When the VDSL port isactivated, the VDSL portuses the line parameters andchannel parametersconfigured in the sixprofiles to negotiate with thepeer CPE. If the negotiationbetween both sides issuccessful, the VDSL port isactivated, and the lineconnected to the VDSL portcan carry services.

Spectrumprofile

l Index: 3


l ADSL upstream sub-carrier blackoutparameter: 20, 25-30

l ADSL downstream sub-carrier blackoutparameter: 10-15


Noise marginprofile

l Index: 3

l Target SNR margin(upstream/downstream):12 dB

l Minimum SNR margin(upstream/downstream):1 dB



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


UPBO profile Index: 1 (system defaulttemplate)

DPBO profile Index: 1 (system defaulttemplate)

Delay-INPprofile

Index: 1 (system defaulttemplate)

Alarmtemplate

Index: 1 (system defaulttemplate)

The alarm thresholds for theline parameters areconfigured in the alarmtemplate. After being boundto a port, the alarm templatecan be used to monitor theconditions of the lineconnected to the port.In the default alarmtemplate, all alarmthresholds are 0, whichindicates that the lineconditions are notmonitored.

VDSL2 Port 0/1/1 -


Network-sideVLAN

100 This parameter must be thesame as the user-side VLANof the OLT.

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows:



- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 4-24 shows the flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the

MA5616.



4-133

Figure 4-24 Flowchart for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616

Start




No



No



No

Port activated?

Yes

No


Configure the encapsulation type

Save the data

End

A proper SNR margin profile

exists?


No



No


No



No


Yes Configure a delay-INP profile

No A proper delay-INP profile

exists?

Enable the protocol conversion switch





Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

NOTE

When adding a service port, you can choose the data channel mode between ATM and PTM. Where, thePTM channel mode does not support PPPoA access or IPoA access.

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the OLT is as follows:




l The procedure for configuring the VDSL2 PPPoA service on the MA5616 is as follows:1. Query and configure the traffic profile.

(1) Run the display traffic table ip to query the traffic profiles existing in the currentsystem.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Num : 7

The query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements listed inTable 4-23. Therefore, you need to create one.

(2) Run the traffic table ip command to configure a traffic profile.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully



4-135





(3) Add a service port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7

NOTE




huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM (1~2) [2]:1 > Bit swap downstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Bit swap upstream 1-enable 2-disable (1~2) [1]: > Form of transmit rate adaptation: > 1-manual, 2-adaptAtInit, 3-dynamic (1~3) [2]:3 > Will you set parameters for rate of bearer 1? (y/n) [n]: > Will you enable bearer 2? (y/n)


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

[n] Add profile 3 successfully


Assume that VDSL2 spectrum profile 3 is added.

huawei(config)#vdsl spectrum-profile add 3 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G.992.1~5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 2: Full rate(G.992.1/3/5,T1.413,G.993.2) > 3: G.DMT (G.992.1/3/5,G.993.2) > 4: G.HS (G.992.1~5,G.993.2) > 5: ADSL (G.992.1~5,T1.413) > 6: VDSL (G.993.2) > Please select (0~6) [1]:1 > Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]:y > The parameter format is : tone index or start tone index to end tone > index. Start tone index must not be more than end tone index, for > example:20,25-30. > Downstream, tone index is from 0 to 511, you cannot set more than 8 > rangs:20,25-30 > Upstream, tone index is from 0 to 63, you cannot set more than 4 > rangs:10-15 > Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]:1 > 3-adsl2Pots 4-adsl2Isdn 5-adsl2PlusPots > 6-adsl2PlusIsdn 7-adsl2ReachExtended 8-vdsl2Pots > 9-vdsl2Isdn > Please select [3]:



4-137

> Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Power management state enabling: > Allow transitions to idle 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > Allow transitions to low power 1-allowed, 2-notAllowed (1~2) [2]: > L0 time (0~255 second) [255]: > L2 time (0~255 second) [30]: > Maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (0~31 dB) [3]: > Total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction (3~31 dB) [9]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [400]: > Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream > (300~600 -0.1dBm/Hz) [380]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [200]: > Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream > (0~205 0.1dBm) [125]: > Maximum aggregate receive power upstream > value from -255(code as 0) to 255(code as 510)in steps of 1 > (0~510 0.1dBm) [380]: > Will you set PSD mask value downstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set PSD mask value upstream parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Upstream PSD mask selection(ADSL mode): > 1-ADLU-32/EU-32 2-ADLU-36/EU-36 > 3-ADLU-40/EU-40 4-ADLU-44/EU-44 > 5-ADLU-48/EU-48 6-ADLU-52/EU-52 > 7-ADLU-56/EU-56 8-ADLU-60/EU-60 > 9-ADLU-64/EU-64 > Please select (1~9) [1]: > Current configured modes: > 1-defmode 2-adsl 3-adsl2Pots > Please select 1-Add 2-Modify 3-Delete 4-Save and quit [4]: Add profile 3 successfully



huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile add 3


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Target SNR margin downstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:12 > Minimum SNR margin downstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]:1 > Maximum SNR margin downstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Target SNR margin upstream (0~310 0.1dB) [60]:12 > Minimum SNR margin upstream (0~12 0.1dB) [10]:1 > Maximum SNR margin upstream (12~310 0.1dB) [310]: > Will you set SRA margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 3 successfully

6. Bind a VDSL2 alarm template to the port.

– Assume that the default alarm template is not used. For example, use alarmtemplate 2. Run the vdsl alarm-template add command to add alarm template 2,and then run the alarm-config command to bind the alarm template to the port.




The VDSL2 profile configured in Step 3, Step 4, and Step 5 is used for activatingport 0/1/1. Use the default settings for other profiles.huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 1huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 1 spectrum-profile-index 3 dpbo-profile-index 1 upbo-profile-index 1 service-profile-index 3 noise-margin-profile-index 3 delay-inp-profile-index 1



huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quithuawei(config)#mac-pool 0 0000-0000-0001

9. Enable the PPPoA protocol converting function.huawei(config)#pppoa enable

10. Set the PPPoA encapsulation type of VDSL2 port 0/1/0 to LLC.huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 type pppoa llc


----End



4-139

ResultAfter the configuration, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoA mode.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

5 Configuration Example of the Voice Services

About This Chapter

This topic describes the voice services and how to configure the voice services on theMA5616.

5.1 Overview of the Voice ServicesThe MA5616 supports the H.248, MGCP, and SIP protocols, thus implementing the VoIP PSTN,FoIP, and MoIP services.

5.2 Configuration Example of the PSTN Voice ServiceThe MA5616 supports the H.248, MGCP, or SIP protocol to provide access for PSTN users. Inthe upstream direction, the MA5616 can transmit the PSTN service to the NGN in the IPnetworking mode. The following describes how to configure the PSTN service (namely, VoIPPSTN service) in the IP networking mode.

5.3 Configuration Example of the FoIP ServiceFoIP provides the fax service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditionalPSTN. This topic describes the FoIP applications and the procedure of configuring the FoIPservice on the MA5616.

5.4 Configuration Example of the MoIP ServiceMoIP provides the modem service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditionalPSTN. This topic describes the MoIP applications and the procedure of configuring the MoIPservice on the MA5616.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 5 Configuration Example of the Voice Services


5-1

5.1 Overview of the Voice ServicesThe MA5616 supports the H.248, MGCP, and SIP protocols, thus implementing the VoIP PSTN,FoIP, and MoIP services.

Service DescriptionIn the case of voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), the IP packet switching network functions asthe transmission platform and the analog signals are compressed and packed to be transmittedby using the connectionless UDP protocol.

Currently, the following three types of VoIP are available:

l PC to PC: mainly for adolescents

l PC to Phone: mainly for middle-aged and adolescent users who are sensitive to the price(such as overseas students)

l Phone to Phone: mainly for traditional telephony users for whom voice services areprovided by the carriers through the NGN softswitch network

Fax over Internet protocol (FoIP) provides the fax service in the IP network or between the IPnetwork and the traditional PSTN. That is, the fax device is connected to the traditional POTSuser terminal to implement the FoIP service.

Modem over Internet protocol (MoIP) provides the modem service in the IP network or betweenthe IP network and the traditional PSTN. That is, the modem device is connected to the traditionalPOTS user terminal to implement the MoIP service.

Service SpecificationsThe MA5616 provides voice services through the ASRB service board and the ASPB serviceboard. The ASRB service board supports the access for 32 voice users. The ASPB service boardsupports the access for 64 voice users.

5.2 Configuration Example of the PSTN Voice ServiceThe MA5616 supports the H.248, MGCP, or SIP protocol to provide access for PSTN users. Inthe upstream direction, the MA5616 can transmit the PSTN service to the NGN in the IPnetworking mode. The following describes how to configure the PSTN service (namely, VoIPPSTN service) in the IP networking mode.

5.2.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol)When the H.248 protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voiceservice board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through thecontrol board, thus implementing the VoIP service.

5.2.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the MGCP Protocol)When the MGCP protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voiceservice board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through thecontrol board, thus implementing the VoIP service.

5.2.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)

5 Configuration Example of the Voice ServicesSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

When the SIP protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voice serviceboard, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the controlboard, thus implementing the VoIP service.

5.2.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based onthe H.248 Protocol)

When the H.248 protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voiceservice board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through thecontrol board, thus implementing the VoIP service.

Prerequisitel The system protocol of the MA5616 must be the H.248 protocol.

l The PSTN user data and the MGC interface data corresponding to the MG interface mustbe configured on the MGC.

l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.

Contextl When the MG interface does not support the terminal layering, the terminal ID must be

configured and must be different from the terminal ID of an existing PSTN user.l When the MG interface supports the terminal layering, the terminal ID cannot be configured

and the system automatically allocates a terminal ID.l You can run the display tid-format command to query the TID profile to which various

users of the MG interface are bound. Then you can run the display tid-template commandto check whether the TID profile supports the layering configuration. Hence, you can checkwhether the user supports terminal layering.– If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keyword "G", it indicates that the

TID profile is used by the non-layering users. Users bound to this profile do not supportthe terminal layering.

– If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keywords "F", "S", "P", and"B" ("B" is not available to PSTN users), it indicates that the TID profile is used by thelayering users. Users bound to this profile support the terminal layering.

NetworkingFigure 5-1 shows an example network of the VoIP service.



5-3

Figure 5-1 Example network of the VoIP service

MGC Router

H.248

OLT

Phone Phone PhonePhone

MA5616

Splitter

Data PlanIn this example, the device is used in China. Therefore, the default configurations of systemparameters and the overseas feature parameters meet the standard and the applicationrequirements. In this case, you need not configure these parameters.

Table 5-1 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the H.248 protocol isused.

Table 5-1 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the H.248 protocol is used

Item Data

Parameters ofthe mediastream and thesignaling flow

Upstream interface of themedia stream and thesignaling flow

0/0/1


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Item Data

Upstream VLAN of themedia stream and thesignaling flow

VLAN ID: 1

Media/Signaling IPaddress of the MGinterface

10.13.4.116The media IP address and the signaling IPaddress are the same.

Default media gateway ofthe MG interface

10.13.1.1

IP address and mask ofthe VLAN port

10.13.4.116/16

TID profile Index of the TID profileused by the PSTN user

2 (default, no configuration is needed)

Prefix of the TIDterminal used by thePSTN user

A (default, no configuration is needed)

Static routefrom the MG tothe MGC

IP address of thedestination subnet

10.14.0.0

Gateway address 10.13.1.1

Attributes ofthe MGinterface

MG interface ID 0

Encoding type of the MGinterface

text

Protocol used by the MGinterface

H.248

Signaling port ID of theMG interface

2944

IP address of the activeMGC to which the MGinterface is connected

10.14.1.2

Port ID of the activeMGC to which the MGinterface is connected

2944

Transmission mode ofthe MG interface

UDP

Version of the H.248protocol that the MGinterface uses to start thenegotiation.

2

domainname MA5616.com



5-5

Item Data

Voice serviceboard ASRB

Slot that houses a board 0/3

PSTN user data Numbers of Phone 1-Phone 32

83110001-83110032

Terminal ID 1-32

User priority Phone 1: Cat2; Phone 2-Phone 32: Cat3(default value)

Configuration FlowchartFigure 5-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the VoIP service.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 5-2 Flowchart for configuring the VoIP service

Add an MG interface

Start

Configure the attributes of the MG interface

Start up the MG interface

Configure the media/signaling upstream interface

End

Save the data

确认语音板状态Check the status of the voice board

Configure software parameters of

the MG interface (optional)

Configure the digitmap of the MG interface

(optional)

Configure system

parameters ( optional )

Configure overseas feature


Configure the attributes of a

PSTN port ( optional )

Configure the attribute of the ringing current

( optional )

Configure the PSTN user data

Configure the TID profile of


Configure the static route

Configure theringing mode of

(optional)the MG interface

Configure the IP address pool of the media stream/signaling flow

Configure the QoS policy of the media stream/signaling flow(optional)



5-7

NOTE

l To facilitate the provisioning of the voice service, ensure that the configured system parameters,overseas feature parameters, port attributes, and ringing current attributes comply with the localstandards.

l By default, the preceding parameters comply with the Chinese national standards.

Procedure

Step 1 Check the status of the voice board.Check whether the ASRB board in slot 0/3 is in the normal state.huawei(config)#display board 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------- SlotID BoardName Status SubType0 SubType1 Online/Offline ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 H831CCUB Active_normal GE1A 1 2 ADL Normal 3 H838ASRB Normal 4 5 H831PDIA Normal -------------------------------------------------------------------------

Step 2 Configure the upstream interface of the media stream and the signaling flow.huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1huawei(config-if-vlanif1)#ip address 10.13.4.116 16

NOTE

l The default VLAN of the upstream Ethernet port is VLAN 1. Therefore, you need not configure theVLAN ID of the upstream Ethernet port.

l If you need to use another VLAN to transmit packets in the upstream direction, run the port vlancommand to add the specified upstream port to the VLAN.

Step 3 Configure the IP address pools of the media stream and the signaling flow.huawei(config-if-vlanif1)#quithuawei(config)#voiphuawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.13.4.116 10.13.1.1huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.13.4.116

NOTE

You can configure the attributes of the MG interface only when the IP address of the media stream and theIP address of the signaling flow exist in the corresponding address pools.

Step 4 Configure the static route.huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.14.0.0 16 10.13.1.1

Step 5 Add an MG interface.huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y

Step 6 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10.13.4.116 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp MIDType domainName domainName MA5616.com primary-mgc-ip1 10.14.1.2 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10.13.4.116 start-negotiate-version 2

Step 7 Start up the MG interface.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y

Step 8 Configure the data of PSTN users in slot 0/3.huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quithuawei(config)#esl userhuawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 terminalid 1 telno 83110001

Step 9 (Optional) Modify the call priority of the PSTN users on port 0/3/0 to Cat2.huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2

Step 10 (Optional) Modify the attributes of the PSTN port in slot 0/3 so that the PSTN port supports thepolarity reversal.huawei(config-esl-user)#quithuawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/31 reverse-pole-pulse enable

Step 11 Save the data.huawei(config-pstnport)#quithuawei(config)#save

----End

ResultAfter the configuration, users of Phone 1-Phone 32 can communicate with each othersuccessfully.l The caller can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone.

l When the caller dials the phone number of the callee, the phone of the callee can ringnormally, and the caller can hear the ring-back tone.

l The caller and the callee can communicate with each other successfully.

l After the callee hooks on, the caller can hear the busy tone.

5.2.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on theMGCP Protocol)

When the MGCP protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voiceservice board, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through thecontrol board, thus implementing the VoIP service.

Prerequisitel The system protocol of the MA5616 must be the MGCP protocol.

l The PSTN user data corresponding to the MG interface must be configured on the MGC.


Contextl When the MG interface does not support the terminal layering, the terminal ID must be

configured and must be different from the terminal ID of an existing PSTN user.l When the MG interface supports the terminal layering, the terminal ID cannot be

configured, and the system automatically allocates a terminal ID.



5-9

l You can run the display tid-format command to query the TID profile to which varioususers of the MG interface are bound. Then you can run the display tid-template commandto check whether the TID profile supports the layering configuration. Hence, you can checkwhether the user supports terminal layering.

– If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keyword "G", it indicates that theTID profile is used by the non-layering users. Users bound to this profile do not supportterminal layering.

– If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keywords "F", "S", "P", and"B" ("B" is not available to PSTN users), it indicates that the TID profile is used by thelayering users. Users bound to this profile support terminal layering.

Networking

Figure 5-3 shows an example network of the VoIP service.

Figure 5-3 Example network of the VoIP service

MGC Router

MGCP

OLT


MA5616

Splitter


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Data PlanIn this example, the device is used in China. Therefore, the default configurations of the systemparameters and the overseas feature parameters meet the standard and the applicationrequirements. In this case, you need not configure these parameters.

Table 5-2 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the MGCP protocol isused.

Table 5-2 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the MGCP protocol is used

Item Data



0/0/1


VLAN ID: 1

Media/Signaling IPaddress of the MGinterface

10.13.4.116The media IP address and the signaling IPaddress are the same.

Default media gatewayof the MG interface

10.13.1.1

IP address and mask ofthe VLAN port

10.13.4.116/16

TID profile Index of the TID profileused by the PSTN user

2 (default, no configuration is needed)

Prefix of the TIDterminal used by thePSTN user

A (default, no configuration is needed)

Static routefrom the MG tothe MGC

IP address of thedestination networksegment

10.14.0.0

Gateway address 10.13.1.1

Attributes ofthe MGinterface

MG interface ID 0

Encoding type of the MGinterface

text

Protocol used by the MGinterface

MGCP

Signaling port ID of theMG interface

2727



5-11

Item Data

IP address of the activeMGC to which the MGinterface is connected

10.14.1.2

Port ID of the activeMGC to which the MGinterface is connected

2727

Transmission mode ofthe MG interface

UDP

domainname MA5616.com




83110001-83110032

Terminal ID 1-32

User priority Phone 1: Cat2; Phone 2-Phone 32: Cat3(default value)



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Add an MG interface

Start

Configure the attributes of the MG interface


Configure the media/signaling upstream interface

End

Save the data


Configure software parameters of


Configure the digitmap of the MG interface

(optional)

Configure system


Configure overseas feature


Configure the attributes of a

PSTN port ( optional )

Configure the attribute of the ringing current

( optional )


Configure the TID profile of


Configure the static route

Configure theringing mode of

(optional)the MG interface

Configure the IP address pool of the media stream/signaling flow

Configure the QoS policy of the media stream/signaling flow(optional)



5-13

NOTE

l To facilitate the provisioning of the voice service, ensure that the configured system parameters,overseas feature parameters, port attributes, and ringing current attributes comply with the localstandards and meet the actual conditions.


Procedure



NOTE




NOTE


Step 4 Configure the static route.huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.14.0.0 16 10.13.1.1

Step 5 Add an MG interface.huawei(config-voip)#quithuawei(config)#interface mgcp 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y

Step 6 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#if-mgcp attribute mgip 10.13.4.116 mgport 2727 code text transfer udp domainName MA5616.com mgcip_1 10.14.1.2 mgcport_1 2727

Step 7 Start up the MG interface.huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#reset Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Step 8 Configure the data of the PSTN users in slot 0/3.huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#quithuawei(config)#esl userhuawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 terminalid 1 telno 83110001

Step 9 (Optional) Modify the call priority of the PSTN users on port 0/3/0 to Cat2.huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2

Step 10 (Optional) Modify the attributes of the PSTN port in slot 0/3 so that the PSTN port supports thepolarity reversal.huawei(config-esl-user)#quithuawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/31 reverse-pole-pulse enable


----End

Result

After the configuration, users of Phone 1-Phone 32 can communicate with each othersuccessfully.

l The caller can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone.




5.2.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service (Based on the SIPProtocol)

When the SIP protocol is used, the MA5616 provides the voice service through the voice serviceboard, and then the voice service is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the controlboard, thus implementing the VoIP service.

Prerequisitel The system protocol of the MA5616 must be the SIP protocol.

l The PSTN user data corresponding to the SIP interface must be configured on the IMS.


Networking

Figure 5-5 shows an example network of the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.



5-15

Figure 5-5 Example network of the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used

Router

OLT


MA5616

Splitter

SIP

Data Plan

In this example, the device is used in China. The default configurations of the system parametersand the overseas feature parameters meet the standard and the application requirements.Therefore, you need not configure these parameters.

Table 5-3 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.

Table 5-3 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service when the SIP protocol is used

Item Data



0/0/1


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Item Data

IP address and mask ofthe VLAN L3 interface

10.13.4.116/16


VLAN ID: 1 (default)

Media/signaling IPaddress pool

10.13.4.116

Parameters forthe basicattribute of theSIP interface

Interface ID 0

Media/signaling IPaddress

10.13.4.116

Signaling port ID 5060

Transmission protocol UDP

IP address of the primaryproxy server

10.13.4.110

Port ID of the primaryproxy server

5060

IP address of thesecondary proxy server

10.13.4.120

Port ID of the secondaryproxy server

5060

Homing domain name MA5616.com

Profile index 1

Parameters forthe optionalattribute of theSIP interface

Domain name of the SIPinterface

huawei.com

Phone context +86755




83110001-83110032

User priority Phone 1: Cat2; Phone 2-Phone 32: Cat3(default)




5-17


Add an SIP interface

Start

Configure the basic attributes of


Configure the QoS policy of the media

Configure the media/signaling

End

Save the data



Configure the optional attributes of the SIP interface

upstream interface

Configure the IP address pool of the Media stream/signaling flow

stream/signaling flow (optional)

the SIP interface

attributes ofa PSTN port(optional)

Configure the Parameters(optional)Configure the system Configure the

overseas featureParameters(optional)

Configure theattribute of the ringing

current(optional)

NOTE

l To facilitate the provisioning of the voice service, ensure that the configured system parameters,overseas feature parameters, port attributes, and ringing current attributes comply with the localstandards and the actual conditions.



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Procedure



NOTE




NOTE


Step 4 Add a SIP Interface.huawei(config-voip)#quithuawei(config)#interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y

Step 5 Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface.huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.13.4.116 signal-ip 10.13.4.116 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.13.4.110 primary-proxy-port 5060 secondary-proxy-ip1 10.13.4.120 secondary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain MA5616.com sipprofile-index 1

Step 6 Configure the optional attributes of the SIP interface.huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute optional mg-domain huawei.com phone-context +86755

Step 7 Start up the SIP interface.huawei(config-if-sip-0)#resetAre you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y

Step 8 Configure the data of the PSTN users in slot 0/3.huawei(config-if-sip-0)#quithuawei(config)#esl userhuawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 telno 83110001

Step 9 (Optional) Modify the call priority of the PSTN users in port 0/3/0 to Cat2.



5-19

huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2

Step 10 (Optional) Modify the attributes of the PSTN port in slot 0/3 so that the PSTN port supports thepolarity reversal.huawei(config-esl-user)#quithuawei(config)#pstnporthuawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/31 reverse-pole-pulse enable


----End

ResultAfter the configuration, users of Phone 1-Phone 32 can communicate with each othersuccessfully.l The caller can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone.




5.3 Configuration Example of the FoIP ServiceFoIP provides the fax service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditionalPSTN. This topic describes the FoIP applications and the procedure of configuring the FoIPservice on the MA5616.

Figure 5-7 shows an example network of the FoIP service when the H.248 protocol or the MGCPprotocol is used.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 5-7 Example network of the FoIP service (H.248/MGCP)

MGC

OLT

MA5616

FAX

GW

FAX

Figure 5-8 shows an example network of the FoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.



5-21

Figure 5-8 Example network of the FoIP service (SIP)

IMS

OLT

MA5616

FAX

GW

FAX

5.3.1 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol)This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the H.248 or MGCP protocol isused to transmit the fax data service over the IP network.

5.3.2 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmitthe fax data service over the IP network.

5.3.1 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol)

This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the H.248 or MGCP protocol isused to transmit the fax data service over the IP network.

Prerequisitel The communication between the MG and the MGC must be in the normal state, and the

fax mode on the MGC side must be consistent with the fax mode on the MG side.l The FoIP voice service port and the voice service on the port must be in the normal state.

Context

The MA5616 supports the selfswitch mode and the auto-negotiation mode:


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

l Selfswitch: After the selfswitch mode is configured, the fax working mode of theMA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. Therefore, manual configuration is required.

l Auto-negotiation: After the auto-negotiation mode is configured, the fax working mode ofthe MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC, withoutmanual configuration.

The MA5616 supports the transparent transmission fax and the T.38 fax:

l Transparent transmission fax: The voice encoding (G.7xx encoding) is adopted.

l T.38 fax: The T.38 encoding is adopted.

The MA5616 supports the V2, V3, V5 fax flows.

The MA5616 supports the 10 ms packing function and the RFC 2198 function.

l 10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.711 transparent transmission, the faxtransparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission.This reduces delay, improves the performance of transparent transmission, and decreasesthe impact of packet loss on the transmission of the fax service data.

l RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission, the RFC 2198 improves thereliability of data transmission. When the network packet loss occurs, the RFC 2198 canensure the service quality.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode.

Step 2 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters packet-interval-10 command to enable or disablethe 10 ms packing function.

Step 3 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters RFC2198-start-mode command to configure theRFC 2198 function.

Step 4 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters transevent command to configure the transmissionmode of the modem event.

Step 5 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec modeof the voice-band data (VBD).

Step 6 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payloadtype of the VBD.

Step 7 Configure the fax working mode.l If the auto-negotiation mode is configured in Step 1, go to Step 8.

l If the selfswitch mode is configured in Step 1, run the fax parameters workmode commandto configure the fax working mode.

Step 8 Run the fax parameters flow command to configure the fax flow.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the fax parameters is-port+2 command to configure the T.38 port ID.

NOTE

If the fax machines are connected to the same MG interface, the configurations of the T.38 fax port IDscan be different. If the fax machines are connected to different MG interfaces, the T.38 fax port IDs onboth sides must add 2 or not add 2 at the same time. That is, both the IDs add 2 or do not add 2.



5-23

Step 10 Run the display fax-modem parameters command and the display fax parameters commandto query the fax transmission parameters.

----End

Example

Assume that:

l The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is selfswitch.

l The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled.

l The RFC2198 negotiation mode is fixedstart.

l The transmission mode of the modem event.is ControlledByMGC (default).

l The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A (default).

l The payload type of the VBD is static payload (default).

l The working mode of the fax is transparent transmission (thoroughly).

To configure the MA5616, do as follows:huawei(config)#fax-modem parameters negomode selfswitch packet-interval-10ms enablerfc2198-start-mode enableRfc2198SmartStartup transevent controlledByMGC vbd-codec G.711A vbd-pt-type statichuawei(config)#fax parameters workmode t.38 is-port+2 1 flow v3huawei(config)#display fax-modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Negomode : Self switch Packet-interval-10ms : Enable Rfc2198-start-mode : Enable Rfc2198SmartStartup TransEvent : ControlledByMGC Vbd-codec : G.711A Vbd-payload-type : Static payload -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display fax parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- FAX transfers mode :T38 T38 Fax Port :RTP port+2 FAX flow :V3 Flow -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.3.2 Configuration Example of the FoIP Service (Based on the SIPProtocol)

This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmitthe fax data service over the IP network.

Prerequisitel The communication between the MA5616 and the IMS must be in the normal state.

l The voice service port for FoIP must be in the normal state, and the voice service on theport must be in the normal state.

Context



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

l Selfswitch: After the selfswitch mode is configured, the fax working mode of theMA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. Therefore, manual configuration is required.

l Auto-negotiation: After the auto-negotiation mode is configured, the fax working mode ofthe MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC, withoutmanual configuration.

The MA5616 supports the transparent transmission fax and the T.38 fax:

l Transparent transmission fax: The voice encoding (G.7xx encoding) is adopted.

l T.38 fax: The T.38 encoding is adopted.


l 10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.711 transparent transmission, the faxtransparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission.This reduces delay, improves the performance of transparent transmission, and decreasesthe impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data.


Procedure

Step 1 Run the interface sipcommand to enter the SIP interface mode.



Step 4 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters rfc2198-negomode command to configure theRFC 2198 function.




Step 8 Run the fax parameters command to configure the fax working mode of the SIP interface.

Step 9 Run the display fax-modem parameters command and the display fax parameters commandto query the fax transmission parameters.

----End

ExampleAssume that:






5-25

l The transmission mode of the modem event is fixedstart.

l The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A.

l The payload type of the VBD is static payload.

l The transmission mode of the fax is transparent transmission (thoroughly).

To configure the MA5616, do as follows:huawei(config)#interface sip 0huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax-modem parameters negomode self-switch packet-interval-10ms enablerfc2198-negomode fixedstart rfc2198-startmode smart2198 transevent fixedstartvbd-codec g.711a vbd-pt-type statichuawei(config-if-sip-0)#display fax-modem parameters ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MGID :0 Nego-mode :self-switch Packet-interval-10ms :enable Rfc2198-nego-mode :fixedstart Rfc2198-start-mode :smart2198 Vbd-codec :G.711A Vbd-pt-type :static Transfer-event :fixedstart -------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax parameters transmode 0huawei(config)#display fax parameters --------------------------------------- MGID Transmode --------------------------------------- 0 Thoroughly ---------------------------------------

5.4 Configuration Example of the MoIP ServiceMoIP provides the modem service in the IP network or between the IP network and the traditionalPSTN. This topic describes the MoIP applications and the procedure of configuring the MoIPservice on the MA5616.

Figure 5-9 shows an example network of the MoIP service when the H.248 protocol or theMGCP protocol is used.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 5-9 Example network of the MoIP service (H.248/MGCP)

MGC

OLT

MA5616

GW

Narrowband Modem

Narrowband Modem

Figure 5-10 shows an example network of the MoIP service when the SIP protocol is used.



5-27

Figure 5-10 Example network of the MoIP service (SIP)

IMS

OLT

MA5616

GW

Narrowband Modem

Narrowband Modem

5.4.1 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol)This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the H.248 or MGCP protocol isused to transmit the modem data service over the IP network.

5.4.2 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmitthe modem data service over the IP network.

5.4.1 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the H.248 or MGCP Protocol)

This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the H.248 or MGCP protocol isused to transmit the modem data service over the IP network.

Prerequisitel The communication between the MG and the MGC must be in the normal state.

l The MoIP voice service port and the voice service on the port must be in the normal state.

Context



Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

l Selfswitch: After the selfswitch mode is configured, the modem working mode of theMA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. Therefore, manual configuration is required.

l Auto-negotiation: After the auto-negotiation mode is configured, the modem working modeof the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC, withoutmanual configuration.


l 10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.711 transparent transmission, the modemtransparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission.This reduces delay, improves the performance of transparent transmission, and decreasesthe impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data.


The MoIP service supports two transmission modes: the transparent transmission mode and therelay (redundancy) mode. The MA5616 supports only the modem service in the transparenttransmission mode. In the transparent transmission mode, the MG uses the G.711 mode to encodeand decode the modem signal, and processes the signal like processing the common RTP data.The transparent transmission mode depends on the bearer network to a great extent.

The mode for reporting modem events:

l Delay: In delay mode, the host does not report the modem event immediately after an eventis received, but waits for a period of time until the event times out and no V21 flag isreported. In this way, when the high-speed modem machine fails in the high-speedtransmission (by modem) negotiation, it can transmit data in low-speed transmission (bymodem) mode.

l Direct: In direct mode, the host reports the modem event to the MGC immediately whenthe host receives a modem event.

l Direct for high-speed signals: In mode of the direct for high-speed signals, the host reportsthe modem event with high speed signals to the MGC 5.5s after the host receives a modemevent; the host reports the modem event with high speed signals to the MGC immediatelywhen the host receives a modem event.

Procedure



Step 3 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters RFC2198-start-mode command to configure theRFC 2198 function.






5-29

Step 7 Run the modem parameters tranmode command to configure the transmission mode of themodem.

Step 8 (Optional) Run the modem parameters eventmode command to set the event report mode ofthe modem.

NOTE

l To enable the MGC to quickly respond to a modem event, you need to configure the event report modeof the modem as the direct report mode.

l By default, the transmission mode of the modem is the transparent transmission mode, and the modemevent is reported in the delay mode.

Step 9 Run the display fax-modem parameters command and the display modem parameterscommand to query the modem transmission parameters.

----End

Example

Assume that:




l The transmission mode of the modem event.is ControlledByMGC (default).

l The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A (default).

l The payload type of the VBD is static payload (default).

l The working mode of modem is transparent transmission (thoroughly).

l The event report mode of the modem is direct.

To configure the MA5616, do as follows:huawei(config)#fax-modem parameters negomode selfswitch packet-interval-10ms enable rfC2198-start-mode enableRfc2198SmartStartuphuawei(config)#modem parameters tranmode 0 eventmode 1huawei(config)#display fax-modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Negomode : Self switch Packet-interval-10ms : Enable Rfc2198-start-mode : Enable Rfc2198SmartStartup TransEvent : ControlledByMGC Vbd-codec : G.711A Vbd-payload-type : Static payload -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- MODEM transfers mode :Thoroughly MODEM event mode :Direct -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.4.2 Configuration Example of the MoIP Service (Based on the SIPProtocol)

This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmitthe modem data service over the IP network.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Prerequisitel The communication between the MA5616 and the IMS must be in the normal state.

l The voice service port for MoIP must be in the normal state, and the voice service on theport must be in the normal state.

Context


l Selfswitch: After the selfswitch mode is configured, the modem working mode of theMA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. Therefore, manual configuration is required.

l Auto-negotiation: After the auto-negotiation mode is configured, the modem working modeof the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC, withoutmanual configuration.


l 10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.711 transparent transmission, the modemtransparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission.This reduces delay, improves the performance of transparent transmission, and decreasesthe impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data.


The MoIP service supports two transmission modes: the transparent transmission mode and therelay (redundancy) mode. The MA5616 supports only the modem service in the transparenttransmission mode. In the transparent transmission mode, the MG uses the G.711 mode to encodeand decode the modem signal, and processes the signal like processing the common RTP data.The transparent transmission mode depends on the bearer network to a great extent.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the interface sipcommand to enter the SIP interface mode.



Step 4 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters rfc2198-negomode command to configure theRFC 2198 function.

Step 5 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters RFC2198-start-mode command to configure thestartup mode of the RFC2198.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters transevent command to configure the mode forreporting fax or modem events.





5-31

Step 9 Run the modem parameters tranmode command to configure the modem parameters of theSIP interface.

Step 10 Run the display fax-modem parameters command and the display modem parameterscommand to query the modem transmission parameters.

----End

ExampleAssume that:




l The mode for reporting fax or modem events is fixedstart.

l The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A.

l The payload type of the VBD is static payload.

l The transmission mode of the modem is transparent transmission (thoroughly).

To configure the MA5616, do as follows:huawei(config)#interface sip 0huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax-modem parameters negomode self-switch packet-interval-10ms enablerfc2198-negomode fixedstart rfc2198-startmode smart2198 transevent fixedstartvbd-codec g.711a vbd-pt-type statichuawei(config-if-sip-0)#modem parameters transmode 0huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display fax-modem parameters ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MGID :0 Nego-mode :self-switch Packet-interval-10ms :enable Rfc2198-nego-mode :fixedstart Rfc2198-start-mode :smart2198 Vbd-codec :G.711A Vbd-pt-type :static Transfer-event :fixedstart -------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display modem parameters --------------------------------------- MGID Transmode --------------------------------------- 0 Thoroughly ---------------------------------------


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

6 Configuring the Multicast Service

About This Chapter

This topic describes the multicast service and how to configure the multicast service on the OLTside in the FTTx networking scenario and on the MA5616 side.

6.1 Introduction to the Multicast ServiceThis topic describes the multicast service and provides its specifications.

6.2 Configuration Example of the IGMP Proxy and IGMP Snooping Multicast ServicesBased on an example network of the OLT and the MDU, this topic describes how to configurethe IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services.

6.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service in the Subtending ModeBased on an example network of two MA5616s in the subtending mode, this topic describeshow to configure the multicast service of MA5616_A and MA5616_B.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service


6-1

6.1 Introduction to the Multicast ServiceThis topic describes the multicast service and provides its specifications.

Service Description

With the advent of the streaming media such as multimedia video and data warehouse in the IPnetwork, the multicast service is becoming increasingly popular in service applications. It iswidely applied in streaming, remote learning, video conferencing, video on demand (VOD), netgaming, Internet data center (IDC), and other point-to-multipoint (P2MP) data transmissionapplications.

Service Specifications

Designed with the carrier-class multicast operability, the MA5616 supports multicast protocolsand controllable multicast, and a complete set of end-to-end (from the user side to the networkside) protocols. This lays a foundation for provisioning of the value-added broadband multicastservice and management of the multicast service. The MA5616 provides the operable,manageable, and controllable multicast services by supporting IGMP V2/V3.

The MA5616 supports the following specifications:

l 1024 multicast groups

l Program preview, preview in a short time, and configuration of the preview count, previewduration, and preview interval

l Multicast log

l Controllable multicast to control the user access to multicast groups and programs.Authority profile types including watch, preview, forbidden, and idle

l Management of the multicast VLAN, multicast user, and multicast program

6.2 Configuration Example of the IGMP Proxy and IGMPSnooping Multicast Services

Based on an example network of the OLT and the MDU, this topic describes how to configurethe IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services.


l The multicast source must exist in the network and the IP address of the multicast sourcemust be known.

l The corresponding service boards must be in the normal state.

Context

The configuration in the IGMP snooping mode is the same as the configuration in the IGMPproxy mode. The difference lies in only the internal protocol processing.

6 Configuring the Multicast ServiceSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

l IGMP snooping is a type of multicast control mechanism that works on the data link layer,and it manages and controls multicast programs and effectively restrains the flooding ofmulticast data on the L2 network.

l For IGMP proxy, in a tree topology, the MA5616 does not forward the multicast packetsbut relays and forwards the multicast protocol packets only. For the multicast user, theMA5616 is a multicast router that performs the router functions in the IGMP protocol. Forthe multicast router, the MA5616 functions as a multicast user.

Networking

Figure 6-1 shows an example network of the IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping multicast service.

The data of the MA5616 goes upstream to the OLT through the GPON and then to the L3 networkthrough the OLT. In the downstream direction, user 1 and user 2 can order programs providedby different ISPs because of the classification of multicast VLANs and multicast programs.

Figure 6-1 Example network of the IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping multicast service

Router

Multicast Source

user1

STB

TV

ISP1 ISP2

user2

OLT

MA5616

Home Gateway



6-3

Data PlanTable 6-1 provides the data plan for configuring the IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicastservices.

Table 6-1 Data plan for configuring the IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping multicast services

Device Item Data

OLT In the case of different OLT types or versions, the data plans are different.Therefore, select the data plan according to the requirements. For details,see the following sections:l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the



MDU: MA5616 Smart VLAN l VLAN type: Smart VLAN

l VLAN ID: 4002 and 4003

Upstream port 0/0/1

IGMP version IGMP V3 (default multicast version of the systemin the multicast VLAN mode)

Multicast source There are two multicast sources, ISP 1 and ISP 2.l ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, and

providing multicast programs with IP address224.1.1.1

l ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, andproviding multicast programs with IP address224.1.1.2

Program library Programs in multicast VLAN 4002:Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1 and programsource IP address 10.10.10.10 (IP address of ISP1)

Programs in multicast VLAN 4003:Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2 and programsource IP address 10.10.10.11 (IP address of ISP2)

Multicast users For multicast user 1,l VDSL2 port: 0/1/0

l Multicast VLAN: VLAN 4002

For multicast user 2,l VDSL2 port: 0/1/1

l Multicast VLAN: VLAN 4003


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the OLT is as follows:

In the case of different OLT types or versions, the configuration flowcharts are different.Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details,see the following sections:

– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 -Configuration Flowchart

– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02- Configuration Flowchart

l The configuration flow on the MA5616 is as follows:

Figure 6-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on theMA5616.

Figure 6-2 Flowchart for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the MA5616

Start

Create VLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs

Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode

Configure the multicast upstream port

End

Save the data

Configure multicast programs

Configure service ports

Configure the multicast user



6-5

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the IGMP proxy multicast service on the OLT is as follows:

In the case of different OLT types or versions, the procedures are different. Therefore, selectthe procedure according to the requirements. For details, see the following sections:

– Configuration Example of the Multicast Service on the MA5680T V800R105Through GPON Access - Procedure

– Configuration Example of the Multicast Service on the MA5680T V800R006C02Through GPON Access - Procedure

l Configure the MA5616.1. Create VLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs.

huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4003 smart It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2

2. Configure service ports.huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4002 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 4003 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6

3. Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode.

NOTE

The IGMP mode can be IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements. In thisexample, the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping, youcan perform the configuration by running the igmp mode snooping command in the multicastVLAN mode.

huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:yhuawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y

4. Configure the multicast upstream port.huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

5. Configure multicast programs.

NOTEThe system supports configuring multicast programs through static configuration or dynamicmatching. In this example, the multicast programs are configured through static configuration.huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.11

6. Configure the multicast user.huawei(config-mvlan4003)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 101huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4002huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101huawei(config-mvlan4003)#quit


----End

Resultl User 1 belongs to multicast VLAN 4002, and user 1 can watch programs 224.1.1.1 provided

by ISP1.

l User 2 belongs to multicast VLAN 4003, and user 2 can watch programs 224.1.1.2 providedby ISP2.

6.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service in theSubtending Mode

Based on an example network of two MA5616s in the subtending mode, this topic describeshow to configure the multicast service of MA5616_A and MA5616_B.


l The corresponding service boards on the OLT, MA5616_A and MA5616_B must be in thenormal state.

l The interface VLAN of the upper-layer device of the OLT must be the same as the VLANconfigured on the upstream port.

Contextl Run the igmp mode command to select the IGMP mode of the multicast VLAN. By default,

the IGMP snooping mode is used. In this example, the IGMP proxy is used.

l In this example, the OLT version is MA5680T V800R105, and the access mode is GPON.The configuration procedures vary according to different OLT versions and access modes.



6-7

NetworkingFigure 6-3 shows an example network for configuring the multicast service in the subtendingmode.

Figure 6-3 Example network for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode

Router

Multicast source

user1

STB

TV

ISP

user2

OLT

MA5616_B

Home Gateway

MA5616_A

Data PlanTable 6-2 provides the data plan for configuring the OLT.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Table 6-2 Data plan for configuring the OLT

Item Data

Smart VLAN VLAN ID: 4000

Upstream port 0/19/0

GPON port 0/2/0

DBA profile Index: 10

Profile type: type4

Maximum bandwidth: 1024 Mbit/s

Traffic profile Index: 8CIR: off

ONT ONT ID: 1Authentication mode: SNSN: hwhw-10101010ONT capacity profile: Profile-id: 35, Profile-name:ontvlan

GEM port Port: 0/2/0GEM Port ID: 151T-CONT ID: 1

Program library Program BTV-1: With IP address 224.1.1.1, theprogram source IP address is 10.10.10.10.

Program BTV-2: With IP address 224.1.1.2, theprogram source IP address is 10.10.10.10.

Program BTV-3: With IP address 224.1.1.3, theprogram source IP address is 10.10.10.10.

Table 6-3 provides the data plan for configuring the MA5616_A.

Table 6-3 Data plan for configuring the MA5616_A.

Item Data

Upstream port 0/0/1

Cascade port 0/3/0

Upstream VLAN VLAN ID: 4000

Table 6-4 provides the data plan for configuring the MA5616_B.



6-9

Table 6-4 Data plan for configuring the MA5616_B.

Item Data

Upstream port 0/0/1

User port 0/1/0

Upstream VLAN VLAN ID: 4000

Program library Program BTV-1: With IP address 224.1.1.1, the programsource IP address is 10.10.10.10.

Program BTV-2: With IP address 224.1.1.2, the programsource IP address is 10.10.10.10.

Program BTV-3: With IP address 224.1.1.3, the programsource IP address is 10.10.10.10.

Configuration FlowchartFigure 6-4, Figure 6-5 and Figure 6-6 show the flowcharts for configuring the multicast servicein the subtending mode.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 6-4 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode (OLT)

Add an upstream port

Create a VLAN

Start

Is there an appropriate ONT

profile? Add an ONT profile

No

Yes


Add a DBA profile

No

Yes

Yes

No


No

Yes

Configure the multicast data


Bind the GEM port with ONT T-CONT

Map the GEM port with the service stream

Configure a GEM port

Bind the DBA profile

Add an ONT

End

Save the data

Add a service port


profile?

Is there an appropriate DBA

profile?


profile?



6-11

Figure 6-5 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode(MA5616_A)

End

Configure the upstream port

Configure the cascade port

Create the smart VLAN

Start

Save the data


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 6-6 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service in the subtending mode(MA5616_B)

Start

Create VLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs

Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode

Configure the multicast upstream port

End

Save the data

Configure multicast programs

Configure service ports

Configure the multicast user

Procedurel Configure the OLT.


2. Add an upstream port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#port vlan 4000 0/19 0

3. Add a traffic profile.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority user-cos 0 priority-policy tag-In-Package

4. Add a DBA profile.



6-13

huawei(config)#DBA-profile add profile-id 10 type4 max 1024000

5. Add an alarm profile.– To configure the alarm threshold parameters for measuring and monitoring the

performances of an activated ONT line, run the gpon alarm-profile add commandto add a GPON alarm profile.

– The default alarm profile is GPON alarm profile 1. Each alarm threshold of thedefault alarm profile is 0, which indicates that no alarm is not generated.

– In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and there is no need to configurethe profile.

6. Add an ONT profile.huawei(config)#ont-profile add gpon profile-id 35 profile-name ontvlan Press 'Q' or 'q' to quit input> Number of uplink PON ports<1-2> [1]:> IP config mode<0-Nonsupport, 1-Support, 2-DHCP only, 3-Static only> [1]:3> The type of MAC bridge<1-Single,2-Multi> [1]:> Number of GEM ports<1-32> [32]:> Is UNI configuration concerned<1-not concern, 2-concern> [2]:> Number of POTS ports<0-16> [0]:> Number of FE ports<0-32> [0]:> Number of GE ports<0-8> [0]:> TDM port type<1-E1,2-T1> [1]:> TDM service type<1-TDMoGEM> [1]:> Number of TDM ports<0-8> [0]:> Number of MOCA ports<0-8> [0]:> Number of CATV ANI ports<0-2> [0]:> Number of CATV UNI ports<0-16> [0]:> Mapping mode<1-VLANID, 2-802_1pPRI, 3-VLANID_802_1pPRI, 9-IPTOS, 10-VLANID_IPTOS> [1]:> Number of T-CONTs<1-8> [1]:8> The type of flow control<1-PQ, 2-GEMPORT-CAR, 3-FLOW-CAR> [1]:2 Adding an ONT profile succeeded Profile-ID : 35 Profile-Name : ontvlan

7. Add an ONT.

NOTE

l You can run the ont add command to add an ONT offline or run the ont confirm command toconfirm an automatically discovered ONT.

l You should run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the auto-discovery function of the ONT.

l In this example, the ONT is the MA5616_A.

huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont add 0 1 sn-auth hwhw-10101010 profile-id 30

8. Bind the alarm profile.huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1

9. Bind the DBA profile.huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#tcont bind-profile 0 1 1 profile-id 10

10. Add a GEM port.huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#gemport add 0 gemportid 151 eth

11. Bind the GEM port to the ONT T-CONT.huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont gemport bind 0 1 151 1 gemport-car 1048576 1048576

12. Create a mapping between the GEM port and the traffic stream.huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont gemport mapping 0 1 151 vlan 4000


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

13. Add a service port to the VLAN.huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quithuawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4000 gpon 0/2/0 gemport 151 multi-service user-vlan 4000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8

14. Configure the multicast data.huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4000huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:yhuawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0huawei(config-mvlan4000)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode defaultAre you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:yhuawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4000huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.10huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-3 ip 224.1.1.3 sourceip 10.10.10.10huawei(config-mvlan4000)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 no-authhuawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4000huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100

15. Save the data.huawei(config-mvlan4000)#quithuawei(config)#save

l Configure the MA5616_A.

1. Create a smart VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan 4000 smart

2. Add an upstream port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#port vlan 4000 0/0 1

3. Configure a multicast subtending port.huawei(config)#interface eth 0/3huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#network-role 0 cascadehuawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#quithuawei(config)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/3/0

4. Save the data.huawei(config-btv)#quithuawei(config)#save

l Configure MA5616_B.

1. Create a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan 4000 smarthuawei(config)#port vlan 4000 0/0 1

2. Configure a service port.huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4000 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 4000 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6

3. Configure the multicast mode and the multicast VLAN.huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4000huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y

4. Configure a multicast upstream port.huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1

5. Configure the multicast programs.



6-15

NOTEThe system supports configuring the multicast programs through static configuration or dynamicmatching. In this example, the multicast programs are configured statically.huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.10huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp program add name BTV-3 ip 224.1.1.3 sourceip 10.10.10.10

6. Configure a multicast user.huawei(config-mvlan4000)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4000huawei(config-mvlan4000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100

7. Save the data.huawei(config-mvlan4000)#quithuawei(config)#save

----End

Resultl The user can watch program BTV-1, program BTV-2, and program BTV-3.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

7 Configuring the Triple Play Service

About This Chapter

This topic describes the triple play service and how to configure the service on the MA5616.

7.1 Introduction to Triple Play ServiceThis topic describes the description and specifications of the triple play service.

7.2 Configuration Example of Triple Play–Based on the User-Side VLANThis topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multipleservices mode (based on the user-side VLAN).

7.3 Configuration Example of Triple Play–Based on the User-Side 802.1p PriorityThis topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multipleservices mode (based on the user-side 802.1p priority).

7.4 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service–Multi-PVC for Multiple Services ModeThis topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multipleservices mode.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 7 Configuring the Triple Play Service


7-1

7.1 Introduction to Triple Play ServiceThis topic describes the description and specifications of the triple play service.

Service Description

With the rapid development of the broadband services, more and more users demand broadbandwidth for abundant services such as video service and voice service.

Service Specifications

The MA5616 supports the triple play service.

In the triple play application, the VoIP, IPTV, and Internet services are transmitted over onecable to the MA5616 through the home gateway or the optical access modem in a centralizedmanner.

Table 7-1 shows the modes supported by the MA5616 to provide the triple player service.

Table 7-1 Modes to provide the triple play service

Mode Description

Single PVC for multipleservices

It is necessary to reconfigure the existing modem. The PVCresources are saved.l When it differentiates the traffic stream based on the user-

side VLAN:

It differentiates the traffic stream based on the VLANID contained in the packets sent from the user port PVC.The user packets are labeled with different upstreamVLAN IDs, and the previous VLAN IDs in the userpackets are removed.

l When it differentiates the traffic stream based on the user-side 802.1p value:

It differentiates the traffic stream based on the 802.1pvalue of the user-side data stream. The three trafficstreams are mapped to different upstream VLANs.

Multiple PVCs for multipleservices

It needs to reconfigure the existing modem.It uses different PVCs to differentiate the traffic stream.

7.2 Configuration Example of Triple Play–Based on theUser-Side VLAN

This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multipleservices mode (based on the user-side VLAN).

7 Configuring the Triple Play ServiceSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

PrerequisiteBefore configuring the triple play service, make sure that:

l The network devices and lines are in the normal state.

l The CPE is already configured (the CPE supports different VLANs for different services).

l All boards of the device run in the normal state.

l The VDSL2 line template and alarm template that are bound to the port are alreadyconfigured. For details on the configuration procedure, see 4.3.4 Configuration Exampleof the VDSL2 PPPoE/IPoE Service in the Common Mode - GE Upstream.

NetworkingFigure 7-1 shows an example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN.

Figure 7-1 Example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN

Data PlanTable 7-2 lists the data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN.



7-3

Table 7-2 Data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN

Item Data

VDSE Service ports: 0/3/0 and 0/3/1Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2, where:l Index of the VDSL2 line profile: 3

l Index of the VDSL2 channel profile: 3

Index of the VDSL2 alarm template bound to the port: 2, where:l Index of the VDSL2 line alarm profile: 3

l Index of the VDSL2 channel alarm profile: 3

VPI/VCI: 0/35

Trafficprofileparameters

Internet service: 1 Mbit/sVoIP service: 64 Mbit/sIPTV service: no limit

Upstreamport ID

0/0/0

UpstreamVLANs

Internet service: smart VLAN 102VoIP service: smart VLAN 103IPTV service: smart VLAN 104

User-sideVLANs


IGMPversion

IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode)

Multicastsource

Two multicast sources:ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, providing the multicast program with IPaddress 224.1.1.1ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, providing the multicast program with IPaddress 224.1.1.2

Multicastprogramlibrary

Programs in multicast VLAN 104:Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1, the program source IP address beingthe same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10.10.10)Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2, the program source IP address beingthe same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10.10.10.11)

Right profile Set right profile 0. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the programlibrary.

Multicastusers

User 1: User 1 (on port 0/3/0) can watch all the programs.User 2: User 2 (on port 0/3/1) can watch only program 1.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Item Data

Upstreampriority

The 802.1p priorities are used. The VoIP service has priority 6, IPTV servicepriority 5, and Internet service priority 1.

Configuration Flowchart

Figure 7-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-sideVLAN.

Figure 7-2 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN

Procedurel Configure the Internet service.


2. Configure a traffic profile.– Because the VoIP, IPTV, and Internet services are provided through the same port,

you must set the 802.1p priority of each service.– Generally, the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service, IPTV

service, and Internet service. In this example, set the traffic profile index to 7 andthe 802.1p priority of the Internet service to 1.



7-5

huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting

3. Add service ports to the VLAN.

Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the precedingstep.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7


l Configure the VoIP service.1. Create a VLAN and add the upstream port to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#vlan 103 smarthuawei(config)#port vlan 103 0/0 0

2. Configure a traffic profile.

Set the traffic profile index to 8 and the 802.1p priority of the VoIP service to 6.




huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8


l Configure the IPTV service.1. Create a VLAN and add the upstream port to the VLAN.



Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the 802.1p priority of the IPTV service to 5.

huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting



huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9

CAUTIONOn the MA5616, if the PVC is configured with a priority, the priority of the multicastpackets carried by the PVC does not take effect.

4. Configure the multicast data.

To provision the multicast video service, you also need to configure IGMP proxy andprograms.

(1) Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode.huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y

NOTE

Select a multicast mode according to the actual requirements. In this example, the IGMPproxy mode is considered.

(2) Configure the multicast upstream port.huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/0huawei(config-mvlan104)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y

(3) Configure the program library.huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.11huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit

(4) Configure the right profile.huawei(config)#btvhuawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch

(5) Configure multicast users.huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 10huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 11 authhuawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profile-name profile0huawei(config-btv)#quithuawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit


----End



7-7

ResultAfter the related upstream device and downstream device are configured, the triple play service(Internet, VoIP, and IPTV services) is available.

l Perform the PPPoE dialup on the PC. After the dialup is successful, the user can access theInternet.

l VoIP users can call each other.

l The IPTV user on port 0/3/0 can watch all the programs, and the IPTV user on port 0/3/1can watch program 1 only.

7.3 Configuration Example of Triple Play–Based on theUser-Side 802.1p Priority

This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multipleservices mode (based on the user-side 802.1p priority).



l The CPE is already configured (the CPE supports different user-side 802.1p priorities fordifferent services).



NetworkingFigure 7-3 shows an example network for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVCfor multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 7-3 Example network for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC formultiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority

Data Plan

Table 7-3 lists the data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multipleservices mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority.

Table 7-3 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple servicesmode based on the user-side 802.1p priority

Item Data





VPI/VCI: 0/35





7-9

Item Data

Upstreamport ID

0/0/0

UpstreamVLANs


User-side802.1ppriorities

Internet service: 2VoIP service: 3IPTV service: 4

IGMPversion


Multicastsource





Multicastusers


Upstreampriority


Configuration FlowchartFigure 7-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC formultiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 7-4 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multipleservices mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority









huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7



7-11









huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8





Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the 802.1p priority of the IPTV service to 5.




huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9





Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


NOTE







----End







7-13

7.4 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service–Multi-PVC for Multiple Services Mode

This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multipleservices mode.



l The CPE is already configured (the CPE supports different PVCs for different services).



NetworkingFigure 7-5 shows an example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multipleservices mode.

Figure 7-5 Example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple servicesmode


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Data PlanTable 7-4 lists the data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multipleservices mode.

Table 7-4 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple servicesmode

Item Data





VPI/VCI for the Internet service: 0/37

VPI/VCI for the VoIP service: 0/36

VPI/VCI for the IPTV service: 0/35



Upstreamport ID

0/0/0

VLANs Internet service: smart VLAN 102

VoIP service: smart VLAN 103

IPTV service: smart VLAN 104

IGMPversion


Multicastsource






7-15

Item Data


Multicastusers


Upstreampriority


Configuration Flowchart

Figure 7-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC formultiple services mode.

Figure 7-6 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multipleservices mode




Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)







huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 37 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 37 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7









huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 36 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 36 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8





Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the priority of the IPTV service to 5.






7-17

huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/3/1 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9





NOTE







----End


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)







7-19

8 Configuring the VLAN Stacking WholesaleService

About This Chapter

This topic describes the VLAN stacking wholesale service and how to configure the VLANstacking wholesale service on the MA5616.

8.1 Introduction to the VLAN Stacking Wholesale ServiceThis topic describes how to use the VLAN stacking features to implement the wholesale serviceand VLAN ID extension on the MA5616.

8.2 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale ServiceThis topic describes how to configure the wholesale service so that the service provided by theISP can be delivered promptly to a specified user group.

8.3 Configuration Example of the VLAN ID ExtensionThis topic describes how to configure the VLAN ID extension for increasing the number of usersthat can be identified according to the VLAN ID by the BRAS.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 8 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service


8-1

8.1 Introduction to the VLAN Stacking Wholesale ServiceThis topic describes how to use the VLAN stacking features to implement the wholesale serviceand VLAN ID extension on the MA5616.

Service DescriptionThe MA5616 adds inner and outer 802.1Q tags to the packets of access users through the VLANstacking features. With two layers of VLAN tags, the packets are transmitted to the L2 switchingnetwork, and are forwarded in the L2 switching network according to the outer VLAN tag.

l Wholesale serviceIn a L2 switched metropolitan area network (WAN), there are multiple Internet serviceproviders (ISPs). To provision the services provided by the ISP to the specified user grouprapidly, the outer VLAN tags of VLAN stacking can be used to identify ISPs, while theinner VLAN tags to identify users. In this way, different user groups can be connected tothe specified ISPs in batches through different outer VLAN tags to obtain services fromthe ISPs.

NOTE

In the wholesale service, the upper layer device must work in L2 mode to forward packets based onthe VLAN and the MAC addresses.

l VLAN ID extensionIn the application of the VLAN ID extension, the outer and inner VLAN tags are used toidentify the user, or the outer VLAN tag is used to identify the access device and the innertag is used to identify the users that access the device. The BRAS identifies the access usersbased on the L2 VLAN tag to increase the number of users identified by the VLAN ID,thus increasing the number of users that access the BRAS.

NOTE

The application of the VLAN ID extension needs support from the BRAS.

Service SpecificationsThe following VLANs cannot be configured with the stacking attribute:l VLANs on which L3 interfaces are created

l System default VLANs

l System reserved VLANs

l Standard VLANs

Currently, the stacking VLAN supports the following:l The traffic stream that is classified according to the user 802.1p

l The traffic stream that is classified according to the encapsulation type

l The traffic stream that is classified according to user VLAN

8 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale ServiceSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

8.2 Configuration Example of the VLAN StackingWholesale Service

This topic describes how to configure the wholesale service so that the service provided by theISP can be delivered promptly to a specified user group.


l The authentication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS.

l The corresponding service boards must be in the normal state.

NetworkingFigure 8-1 shows an example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service.

Users 1, 2, 3, and 4 obtain the broadband service from different ISPs. The MA5616 supports theVLAN stacking function to implement the multi-ISP wholesale service. The device adds outerVLAN tags to user packets to identify ISPs and adds inner VLAN tags to identify users. Then,the device forwards the packets to the L2 network. The L2 switch forwards the user packets toa specified ISP BRAS based on the outer VLAN tags. The ISP BRAS deletes the outer VLANtags and identifies the user based on the inner VLAN tags. After being authenticated by the ISPBRAS, the users can obtain the services provided by the ISP.



8-3

Figure 8-1 Example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service

OLT

BRAS

User1 User2 User3 User4

VLAN ID:100 VLAN ID:101

BRAS

MA5616

Splitter

ISP1 ISP2

Modem Modem

LAN Switch

Data Plan

Table 8-1 provides the data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service.

Table 8-1 Data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service

Device Item Data

OLT In the case of different OLT types or versions, the data plans aredifferent. Therefore, select the data plan according to the requirements.For details, see the following sections:l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the




Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Device Item Data

MDU: MA5616 ISP 1 user group Upstream port: 0/0/1

Network-side VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag):100

VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN

User 1:l Access port: 0/1/2

l Inner VLAN tag: 11



ISP 2 user group Upstream port: 0/0/1

Network-side VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag):101

VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN





Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the OLT is as

follows:In the case of different OLT types or versions, the configuration flowcharts are different.Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details,see the following sections:– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 -


- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 8-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service on

the MA5616.



8-5

Figure 8-2 Flowchart for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service

Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN

Add the upstream port to the VLAN

Add service port to the VLAN

Save the data

End

Create the VLAN

Set the inner VLAN tag

Start

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the OLT is as

follows:




l Configure the MA5616.1. Create a VLAN.

huawei(config)#vlan 100-101 smart It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

2 The total of the added VLANs is 2

2. Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN.huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100-101 stacking It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to continue? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the VLAN(s) which have been operated successfully is 2

3. Add the upstream port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#port vlan 100-101 0/0 1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2

4. Add the service port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/3 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6huawei(config)#service-port vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/4 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6huawei(config)#service-port vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/5 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6

5. Set the inner VLAN tag.huawei(config)#display service-port all ------------------------------------------------------------------------- INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 100 stacking vdl 0/1/ 2 - - encap pppoe 6 6 up 1 100 stacking vdl 0/1/ 3 - - encap pppoe 6 6 up 2 101 stacking vdl 0/1/ 4 - - encap pppoe 6 6 up 3 101 stacking vdl 0/1/ 5 - - encap pppoe 6 6 up ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total : 4 (Up/Down : 4/0)huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 0 11huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 1 12huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 2 11huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 3 12



8-7

NOTEIn the actual configuration, the index of the traffic stream may vary with the number of traffic streamsin the system. You only need to ensure that the actual index corresponds to the inner VLAN tag.


----End

Resultl After being authenticated by the ISP 1 BRAS, users 1 and 2 can obtain the services provided

by ISP 1.l After being authenticated by the ISP 2 BRAS, users 3 and 4 can obtain the services provided

by ISP 2.

8.3 Configuration Example of the VLAN ID ExtensionThis topic describes how to configure the VLAN ID extension for increasing the number of usersthat can be identified according to the VLAN ID by the BRAS.


l The authentication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS.

l The control board and the involved service boards must be in the normal state.

NetworkingFigure 8-3 shows an example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension.

Broadband users that access the WAN through multiple MA5616s are authenticated on a BRASto obtain the broadband service provided by the operator. The BRAS supports the useridentification through L2 VLAN. The outer VLAN tag identifies the MA5616 that accessesusers, and the inner VLAN tag identifies the users of the device.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 8-3 Example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension

BRAS

User 1 User 2 User 3 User 4

VLAN 100 VLAN 101

OLT

LSW

MA5616_A MA5616_B

Data Plan

Table 8-2 provides the data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension.

Table 8-2 Data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension

Device Item Data

OLT In the case of different OLT types or versions, the data plans are different.Therefore, select the data plan according to the requirements. For details,see the following sections:l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T



MDU:MA5616_A andMA5616_B

MA5616_A Upstream port: 0/0/1

Upstream VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 100VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN



8-9

Device Item Data





MA5616_B Upstream port: 0/0/1

Upstream VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 101VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN





Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the VLAN ID extension on the OLT is as follows:

In the case of different OLT types or versions, the configuration flowcharts are different.Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details,see the following sections:– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 -


- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 8-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the VLAN ID extension on the MA5616.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 8-4 Flowchart for configuring the VLAN ID extension

Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN

Add the upstream port to the VLAN

Add service port to the VLAN

Save the data

End

Create the VLAN

Set the inner VLAN tag

Start

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the VLAN ID extension on the OLT is as follows:




l Configure MA5616_A.1. Create a VLAN.

huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart2. Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN.

huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking3. Add an upstream port to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 14. Add service ports to the VLAN.

huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe



8-11

rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/3 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6

5. Set the inner VLAN tag.huawei(config)#display service-port all ------------------------------------------------------------------------- INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 100 common vdl 0/1 /2 - - encap pppoe 6 6 up 1 100 common vdl 0/1 /3 - - encap pppoe 6 6 up ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total : 2 (Up/Down : 2/0)huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 0 11huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 1 12

NOTEIn the actual configuration, the index of the traffic stream may vary according to the number of trafficstreams in the system. You only need to ensure that the actual index corresponds to the inner VLANtag.


l Configure MA5616_B.

The configuration procedure of MA5616_B is the same as the configuration procedure ofMA5616_A. The only difference lies in the upstream VLAN ID. Hence, it is not describedhere.

----End

ResultAfter being authenticated by the BRAS, the users on MA5616_A and MA5616_B can accessthe Internet.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

9 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private LineService

About This Chapter

This topic describes the QinQ VLAN private line service and how to configure the QinQ VLANprivate line service supported on the MA5616.

9.1 Introduction to the QinQ VLAN Private Line ServiceThe QinQ feature is applied to the broadband private line service. This feature utilizes the publicnetwork resources to provide a transparent and safe data channel for the private network of anenterprise that is located at different places.

9.2 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line ServiceThis topic describes how to configure private line access based on the QinQ feature to providesecurity channels for data transmission within the private network of an enterprise that is locatedin different places.

9.3 Enabling Transparent Transmission of BPDUsThis topic describes how to enable the transparent transmission of bridge protocol data units(BPDUs). The MA5616 supports transparently transmitting the BPDUs of private networksbased on the QinQ function of the public network.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 9 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service


9-1

9.1 Introduction to the QinQ VLAN Private Line ServiceThe QinQ feature is applied to the broadband private line service. This feature utilizes the publicnetwork resources to provide a transparent and safe data channel for the private network of anenterprise that is located at different places.

Service DescriptionWith the QinQ feature, the MA5616 adds a public network VLAN tag (QinQ VLAN) to thetagged packet of the local private network. The packet with the private network VLAN tag isforwarded to the peer MA5616 in the public network based on the outer VLAN tag. The peerMA5616 removes the outer VLAN tag and transmits the packet to the private network of theenterprise at the peer end.

Service Specificationsl Transparent transmission of BPDUs

The MA5616 supports transmitting the BPDUs of the private network from the local endto the remote end through the QinQ private line.

l The following VLANs cannot be configured with the QinQ attribute:– VLANs on which L3 interfaces are created

– System default VLANs

– System reserved VLANs

– Standard VLANs

9.2 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private LineService

This topic describes how to configure private line access based on the QinQ feature to providesecurity channels for data transmission within the private network of an enterprise that is locatedin different places.

Prerequisitel The network device and the line must be normal.

l The main control board and the service boards must be in the normal state.

l The MA5616 must be connected to the upper-layer network through the OLT. The upper-layer network must work in L2 mode, and forwards packets based on the VLAN and theMAC address.

NetworkingFigure 9-1 shows an example network for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service.

The two branches (A and B) of the enterprise are connected to the MAN through MA5616_Aand MA5616_B respectively. On MA5616_A and MA5616_B, configure the QinQ VLANprivate line service for the enterprise, so that the service and the bridge protocol data units

9 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line ServiceSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

(BPDUs) between different branches can be transparently transmitted through the publicnetwork.

Figure 9-1 Example network for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service

Branch A

OLT_A OLT_B

CPE CPE

Branch B

LSW LSW

MA5616_A MA5616_B

Data Plan

Table 9-1 provides the data plan for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service.

Table 9-1 Data plan for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service

Device Item Data

OLTNOTE

The data plans of the twoOLTs are the same.

In the case of different OLT types or versions, the data plans aredifferent. Therefore, select the data plan according to therequirements. For details, see the following sections:l Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the



MDU: MA5616_A VDSL port 0/1/0

Upstream port 0/0/1



9-3

Device Item Data

NOTEThe data plan of MA5616_Bis the same as the data plan ofMA5616_A.

Network-side VLAN 100

VLAN type Smart VLAN

VLAN attribute QinQ

User-side VLAN 50

VLAN service profile Profile ID: 1Transparent transmission ofBPDUs: enable

Configuration Flowchartl The flowchart for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service on the OLT is as follows:

In the case of different OLT types or versions, the configuration flowcharts are different.Therefore, select the configuration flowchart according to the requirements. For details,see the following sections:– Configuration Example of the GPON Access Service on the MA5680T V800R105 -


- Configuration Flowchartl Figure 9-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service on

the MA5616.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 9-2 Flowchart for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service

The configuration on MA5616_A is the same as the configuration on MA5616_B. The followinguses the configuration on MA5616_A as an example to describe how to configuring the QinQVLAN private line service.

Procedurel The procedure for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service on the OLT is as

follows:




l Configure MA5616_A.1. Create a VLAN.

huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart2. Set the VLAN attribute to qinq.

huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 q-in-q



9-5

3. Enable the transparent transmission of BPDUs, and bind a VLAN service profile tothe VLAN (optional).huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effecthuawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commithuawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quithuawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 1

4. Add the upstream port to the VLAN.huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1

5. Add the service ports to the VLAN. The default traffic profile 6 is applied.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 50 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6


----End

Result

The branches of the enterprise located in two different places can communicate with each otherin the normal state, implementing various services of the private network.

9.3 Enabling Transparent Transmission of BPDUsThis topic describes how to enable the transparent transmission of bridge protocol data units(BPDUs). The MA5616 supports transparently transmitting the BPDUs of private networksbased on the QinQ function of the public network.

Contextl The transparent transmission of BPDUs is based on VLANs and is valid only for QinQ

VLANs.l The BPDUs of the private network that can be transparently transmitted refer to the

upstream/downstream packets with the destination MAC address ranging from 01-80-c2-00-00-00 to 01-80-c2-00-00-2f.

l After the transparent transmission of BPDUs is enabled, the L2 BPDUs in the QinQ VLANcan be transparently transmitted.

l After the transparent transmission of BPDUs is disabled, the L2 BPDUs in the QinQ VLANcannot be transparently transmitted.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter theconfiguration mode of the VLAN service profile.

Step 2 Run the bpdu tunnel enable command to enable the transparent transmission of BPDUs.

Step 3 Run the commit command to validate the configuration in Step 2.

Step 4 Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind a VLAN service profile to the specifiedVLAN.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

NOTE

After the VLAN service profile is bound to the VLAN, the VLAN attribute can no longer be modified asnon-QinQ.

Step 5 Run the display vlan service-profile command to query whether the transparent transmissionof BPDUs is enabled and query the VLAN to which the VLAN service profile is bound.

----End

ExampleTo bind VLAN service profile 1 to VLAN 20 and enable the transparent transmission of BPDUs,do as follows:

huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effecthuawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commithuawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quithuawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 20 profile-id 1huawei(config)#display vlan service-profile profile-id 1 Profile ID: 1 Profile Name: srvprof-1 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Parameter Commited Under Commit --------------------------------------------------------------------- Forwarding mode vlan-mac - Anti-macspoofing disable - Anti-ipspoofing disable - BPDU tunnel enable - RIP tunnel disable - VTP-CDP tunnel disable - DHCP option82 enable - PITP enable - --------------------------------------------------------------------- Binding VLAN list: 20 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Related OperationTable 9-2 lists the related operations for enabling the transparent transmission of BPDU packets.

Table 9-2 Related operation for enabling the transparent transmission of BPDUs

Function Command

Disable the transparent transmission ofBPDUs

bpdu tunnel disable



9-7

10 QoS Configuration

About This Chapter

This topic describes the QoS configuration examples and related configuration operations onthe MA5616.

10.1 Introduction to the QoSThis topic describes various QoS functions and their applications on the MA5616.

10.2 Configuration Example of the Queue SchedulingThis topic describes how to configure the queue scheduling so that the services with differentpriorities have different scheduling policies. Then, the corresponding QoS of these services canbe ensured.

10.3 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on ACL RulesThis topic describes how to apply different ACL rules to different VLANs to implement thetraffic management on upstream services transmitted through different VLANs. In addition, youcan measure the traffic matching the ACL rules through the CLI or NMS for analysis and tracing.

10.4 Configuration Example of the Traffic Management Based on the Traffic StreamThis topic describes how to configure the IP traffic profile and then how to manage the trafficof a traffic stream through the traffic profile.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide 10 QoS Configuration


10-1

10.1 Introduction to the QoSThis topic describes various QoS functions and their applications on the MA5616.

Service DescriptionQuality of service (QoS) means the performance of the data stream that passes the network. Bysetting different parameters of the QoS (such as service availability, throughput, time delay,jitter, and packet loss ratio), you can provide users with high quality services.

Service SpecificationThe MA5616 mainly supports the following QoS functions:l Traffic management based on service streams

– The IP traffic profile defines a series of traffic parameters, such as parameters of tworate three color marker (trTCM), priority policy, and scheduling policy.

– When configuring a service port, you need to bind an IP traffic profile to the port andmanage the traffic of the port through the traffic parameters defined in the profile.

l Queue schedulingThe MA5616 supports the following queue scheduling modes:– PQ: strict-priority queue

– WRR: weighted round robin

– PQ + WRR

The MA5616 supports configuring the queue mapping globally, and supports mapping thepackets of different priorities to the same queue.

l Configurable queue buffer– The queue buffer determines the capability of the queue for processing burst packets.

The larger the buffer size, the stronger the capability of processing burst packets.– The queue buffer of the port is allocated by percentage.

l Traffic management based on ACL rules

l Line rate restriction on inbound and outbound of an upstream port

10.2 Configuration Example of the Queue SchedulingThis topic describes how to configure the queue scheduling so that the services with differentpriorities have different scheduling policies. Then, the corresponding QoS of these services canbe ensured.

NetworkingFigure 10-1 shows an example network for configuring the queue scheduling.

The MA5616 is configured with the queue scheduling policy based on the service type. That is,the VoIP service priority is usually set to 6, the video service priority is usually set to 4, and theInternet service priority is usually set to 0. When congestion occurs, the system ensures that the

10 QoS ConfigurationSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

traffic stream with a higher priority is processed in time, and also ensures the QoS of serviceswith a lower priority.

Figure 10-1 Example network for configuring the queue scheduling

OLT

Router

MA5616

VoIPIPTVPC

STB

Home Gateway

Data PlanTable 10-1 provides the data plan for configuring the queue scheduling.



10-3

Table 10-1 Data plan for configuring queue scheduling.

Item Data

Mapping between the queue and thepriorityNOTE

l The larger the 802.1p priority value,the higher the priority.

l The larger the queue ID value, thehigher priority for forwarding thepacket.

Use the default mapping and no additionalconfiguration is required.Queue 0: 0 (802.1p) /* Refer to the internet servicedata packets */Queue 1: 1 (802.1p)Queue 2: 2 (802.1p)Queue 3: 3 (802.1p)Queue 4: 4 (802.1p) /* Refer to the video service datapackets */Queue 5: 5 (802.1p)Queue 6: 6 (802.1p) /* Refer to the VoIP service datapackets */Queue 7: 7 (802.1p)

Queue bufferNOTE

The queue buffer determines thecapability of the queue for processingburst packets. The larger the buffer size,the stronger the capability of processingburst packets.

Buffer ratio of each queue:Queue 0: 7%Queue 1: 6%Queue 2: 13%Queue 3: 13%Queue 4: 12%Queue 5: 12%Queue 6: 25% /* Indicates that the percent of queuebuffer for VOIP service is 25% */Queue 7: 12%

Queue scheduling mode 2PQ + 6WRRQueues 7 and 6 adopt the PQ mode, and other queuesadopt the WRR mode.

Configuration FlowchartFigure 10-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the queue scheduling.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 10-2 Flowchart for configuring the queue scheduling

Save the data

Start

Map the queue to the 802.1p priority of the packet

Configure the queue scheduling mode

End

Procedure

Step 1 Configure the mapping between the queue and the 802.1 priority of the packet.huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7huawei(config)#display cos-queue-map CoS and queue map: ------------------------ CoS Queue ID ------------------------ 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 ------------------------

Step 2 Configure the queue buffer (optional).huawei(config)#queue-buffer 7 6 13 13 12 12 25 12huawei(config)#display queue-buffer ------------------------ Queue Depth size ratio ------------------------ 0 7 1 6 2 13 3 13 4 12 5 12 6 25 7 12 ------------------------

Step 3 Configure the queue scheduling mode.



10-5

huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 5 5 10 10 10 60 0 0 huawei(config)#display queue-scheduler Queue scheduler mode : WRR --------------------------------- Queue Scheduler Mode WRR Weight --------------------------------- 0 WRR 5 1 WRR 5 2 WRR 10 3 WRR 10 4 WRR 10 5 WRR 60 6 PQ -- 7 PQ -- ---------------------------------

Step 4 Save the data.huawei(config)#save

----End

ResultWhen congestion occurs, the system performs scheduling based on the configured schedulingpolicy.

10.3 Configuration Example of the Traffic ManagementBased on ACL Rules

This topic describes how to apply different ACL rules to different VLANs to implement thetraffic management on upstream services transmitted through different VLANs. In addition, youcan measure the traffic matching the ACL rules through the CLI or NMS for analysis and tracing.

NetworkingFigure 10-3 shows an example network for configuring the traffic management based on ACLrules.

The MA5616 transmits the traffic stream to the upper-layer network through VLAN 10, VLAN20, and VLAN 30. To manage the traffic for the traffic stream received by different VLANs,the MA5616 applies different ACL rules to different VLANs for the traffic management.


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 10-3 Example network for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules

OLT

Router

VLAN 10,20,30

PC PC PC

MA5616

Data Plan

Table 10-2 provides the data plan for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules.

Table 10-2 Data plan for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules

Item Data

Upstream port Upstream port: 0/0/1Upstream VLAN: smart VLANs 10, 20, and 30

ACL rules ACL number: 4100 (link ACL)Rule 5: allowing packets from VLAN 10 to passRule 10: allowing packets from VLAN 20 to passRule 15: allowing the packets from VLAN 30 to pass

Traffic managementpolicy

Limiting VLAN 10 to receive the traffic with a bandwidth lowerthan 6400 kbit/sLimiting VLAN 20 to receive the traffic with a bandwidth lowerthan 12800 kbit/sLimiting VLAN 30 to receive the traffic with a bandwidth lowerthan 19200 kbit/s



10-7

Configuration FlowchartFigure 10-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules.

Figure 10-4 Flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on ACL rules

End

Configure the upstream port

Start

Configure the ACL rule

Configure the flow control policy

Save the data

Procedure

Step 1 Configure an upstream port.huawei(config)#vlan 10,20,30 smarthuawei(config)#port vlan 10,20,30 0/0 1

Step 2 Configure the ACL rules.huawei(config)#acl 4100huawei(config-acl-link-4100)#rule permit source 10huawei(config-acl-link-4100)#rule permit source 20huawei(config-acl-link-4100)#rule permit source 30huawei(config-acl-link-4100)#quit

Step 3 Configure the traffic management policy.huawei(config)#traffic-limit inbound link-group 4100 rule 5 6400 port 0/0/1huawei(config)#traffic-limit inbound link-group 4100 rule 10 12800 port 0/0/1huawei(config)#traffic-limit inbound link-group 4100 rule 15 19200 port 0/0/1


----End

ResultRun the traffic-statistic inbound link-group 4100 port 0/0/1 and display qos-info traffic-statistic port 0/0/1 commands to measure the traffic matching the ACL rules. The traffic streams


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

received on VLAN 10, VLAN 20, and VLAN 30 do not exceed their respective trafficmanagement bandwidths.

10.4 Configuration Example of the Traffic ManagementBased on the Traffic Stream

This topic describes how to configure the IP traffic profile and then how to manage the trafficof a traffic stream through the traffic profile.

NetworkingFigure 10-5 shows an example network of the traffic management based on the traffic stream.

The MA5616 provides the broadband service through user port (0/1/0). Select or configure aproper IP traffic profile, and bind the profile to a specified traffic stream to manage the trafficof the traffic stream.

Figure 10-5 Example network of the traffic management based on traffic stream

MA5616

LAN Switch

OLT

User

Modem

Data PlanTable 10-3 provides the data plan for configuring the traffic management based on the trafficstream.



10-9

Table 10-3 Data plan for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream

Item Data

VDSL2 Internet accessservice

IP traffic profile with the index of 7l Access rate: 3072 kbit/s

l Priority: 6

l Scheduling policy: Local-Setting

Upstream port: 0/0/1Upstream VLAN ID: 10 (exist)User port: 0/1/0

Configuration FlowchartFigure 10-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on the trafficstream.

Figure 10-6 Flowchart for configuring the traffic management based on the traffic stream

Start

End

Specify a traffic profile for the service stream

Is there the proper traffic profile?

Yes

No

Configure a traffic profile

Save the data

Procedure

Step 1 Check whether a proper IP traffic profile exists in the system.huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 - tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 - tag-pri


Configuration Guide


Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 - tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 - tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 - tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 - tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 - tag-pri ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Step 2 Configure a proper IP traffic profile.huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 3072 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -------------------------------------------- TD Index : 7 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_7 Priority : 6 Copy Priority : - Priority Policy : local-pri CIR : 3072 kbps CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 198608 bytes Color Mode : blind Referenced Status: not used --------------------------------------------

Step 3 Bind the IP traffic profile to the traffic stream.huawei(config)#service-port vlan 10 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7


----End

ResultAccording to the specified traffic profile, the system manages the traffic of the traffic stream forthe VDSL2 access service.



10-11

11 Configuring the Security and Reliabilityof the Voice Service

About This Chapter

For the MA5616, the security configuration of the voice service includes the H.248-based,MGCP-based or SIP-based device authentication configuration, and the reliability configurationof the voice service includes the dual-homing configuration and the emergency standaloneconfiguration.

11.1 Configuring the Security of the Voice ServiceThis topic describes the security features of the voice service supported by the MA5616. Thatis, the authentication function in the registration process through the H.248, MGCP and SIPprotocol.

11.2 Configuring the Reliability of the Voice ServiceThis topic describes the reliability feature of the voice service supported by the MA5616 andhow to configure the feature on the MA5616.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide

11 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the VoiceService


11-1

11.1 Configuring the Security of the Voice ServiceThis topic describes the security features of the voice service supported by the MA5616. Thatis, the authentication function in the registration process through the H.248, MGCP and SIPprotocol.

11.1.1 Overview of the Security of the Voice ServiceThis topic describes the device authentication in the process for registration through the H.248protocol, MGCP protocol, or SIP protocol.

11.1.2 Configuring the Device AuthenticationThe purpose of authentication is to verify the validity of users and networks. The sameauthentication algorithm is used on the MG and the MGC separately. Then, the calculation resultson the MG and the MGC are compared on either side. If the calculation results are the same, itindicates that the authentication is successful. If the calculation results are different, it indicatesthat the authentication fails.

11.1.1 Overview of the Security of the Voice ServiceThis topic describes the device authentication in the process for registration through the H.248protocol, MGCP protocol, or SIP protocol.

Service Descriptionl To prevent illegal devices from registering with the MGC, the MA5616 supports the

authentication mode on the MG interface through the H.248 protocol or MGCP protocol.l The SIP protocol provides a stateless and challenge-based authentication mechanism. The

proxy server or media gateway (MG) can challenge the authentication of the requester anytime the proxy server or MG receives the request sent by the user. After the identity of therequester is verified, the receiver can determine that the user is a legal user.

Registration Process Through the H.248 ProtocolThe Figure 11-1 shows the process for the MG to register with the MGC through the H.248protocol.

Figure 11-1 Process for the MG to register with the MGC (H.248)

MG MGC

(1) ServiceChange

(2) Reply

(3) Modify

(4) Reply

(5) Modify

(6) Reply

Start




Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

1. The MG sends a ServiceChange message to the MGC for registration. In the ServiceChangemessage, four "X-" fields are contained for authentication. The digital signature of the MGcan be obtained through the calculation of the four "X-" fields.

2. After receiving the ServiceChange message, the MGC checks whether the message is sentfrom a legal MG through calculation. If the message is sent from a legal MG, theauthentication is successful. If the message is not sent from a legal MG, the authenticationfails. Meanwhile, the access controller generates an authentication key, which is used witha random number to calculate the digital signature of the MGC.

3. The MGC sends the Modify message to the MG. Meanwhile, the MGC sends its digitalsignature and the related parameters to the MG.

4. After receiving the digital signature of the MGC and the related parameters, the MG checkswhether the message is sent from a legal MGC through calculation. If the message is sentfrom a legal MGC, the MG sends the Reply message.

5. The MGC periodically sends the Modify message to the MG for authentication. The Modifymessage contains the result encrypted by the shared key.

6. After receiving the Modify message, the MG sends the Reply message containing the MGID that is encrypted through the MD5 algorithm and a random number generated by theMGC for security authentication.

NOTE

Once the registration is successful, the MG sends the heartbeat detection messages for securityauthentication regularly. Once a heartbeat detection message fails in the security authentication, the MGCforces the MG to exit the service. The heartbeat detection messages are contained in the Notify message,and the message sending interval is one minute.

Registration Process Through the MGCP ProtocolIn the MGCP protocol, the MG can register with the MGC in either of the following ways:wildcard registration and single endpoint registration.

l Wildcard registration

If there are a large number of subscribers under an MG interface, the registration process takesa long time and a large number of messages are generated. In this case, wildcard registration isrecommended. Figure 11-2 shows the wildcard registration process.

Figure 11-2 Wildcard registration process (MGCP)

MG MGC

(1) RSIP

(2) ACK

(3) RQNT

(4) ACK

(5) RQNT

(6) ACK

(7) NTFY

(8) ACK

Start




11-3

The wildcard registration process for the MGCP protocol describes as follows.

1. The MG sends a registration request message to the MGC.2. The MGC sends a reply message to the MGC.3. The MGC sends the random number and algorithm ID for generating the shared cipher key

to the MG.4. The MG sends a reply message to the MGC.5. The MGC initiates the authentication of the MG.6. The MG sends a reply message to the MGC.7. The MG sends an authentication response message to the MGC.8. The MGC sends a reply message to the MG.

l Single endpoint registration

To register a single MG, use the single endpoint registration process. Figure 11-3 shows thesingle endpoint registration process.

Figure 11-3 Single endpoint registration process (MGCP)

MG MGC

(1) RSIP

(2) ACK

(3) RQNT

(4) ACK

The single endpoint registration process for the MGCP protocol describes as follows.

1. The MG sends a registration message to the MGC.2. The MGC sends a reply message to the MG.3. The MGC sends a RQNT message to the MG and monitors the off-hook.4. The MG sends a reply message to the MGC.

Registration Process Through the SIP ProtocolFigure 11-4 shows the SIP authentication process.




Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 11-4 Process for the MG to register with the MGC (SIP)

sd Register-Auth interaction Register-Auth{1/1}

IMSCore: IMSCoreSIPAG : SipAG

alt//Send 401response

(gREGISTER_SRegister )

)Register (gREGISTER_S

( )Rsp200Response2xx_Receiving

Response4xx_Receiving )Rsp401

(else//Or send407 response

Rsp407(Response4xx_Receiving )

//Authentication processingand key generating

The operating principles of the SIP authentication are as follows:

1. In SIP, a user agent server (UAS) uses the 401 (unauthorized) response to challenge theidentity of a user agent client (UAC). In addition, registrars and redirect servers can use401 (unauthorized) response for authentication, but proxies must use the 407 (proxyauthentication required) response. In various messages, the Proxy-Authenticate, Proxy-Authorization, WWW-Authenticate, and Authorization header fields may be required tocontain the authentication information.

2. When a UAS or proxy server receives a request from a UAC, the UAS or proxy server canauthenticate the UAC before the request is processed. If no credentials in the authorizationheader field are provided in the request, the UAS can use a 401 status code and the proxyserver can use the 407 status code to challenge the UAC to provide credentials by rejectingthe request.

3. After receiving the 401 or 407 response, the UAC finds the credential for the userauthentication according to the return realm, and computes and adds the authenticationinformation according to the returned parameter in the response. In this way, theAuthorization header field contains the user credential and authentication information.

4. After the UAS or proxy server receives a new request, it authenticates the user accordingto the credential and authentication information in the header field. If the informationmatches correctly, the authentication is successful.

11.1.2 Configuring the Device AuthenticationThe purpose of authentication is to verify the validity of users and networks. The sameauthentication algorithm is used on the MG and the MGC separately. Then, the calculation results




11-5

on the MG and the MGC are compared on either side. If the calculation results are the same, itindicates that the authentication is successful. If the calculation results are different, it indicatesthat the authentication fails.

Configuring the Device Authentication When the H.248 Protocol Is Used

This topic describes how to configure the device authentication parameters of the MA5616 toprevent illegal devices from registering with the MGC when the H.248 protocol is used.

Prerequisitel The MG interface must be added successfully.

l The parameters, including the encryption type, the initial key, and the DH authenticationMG ID, must be configured on the MGC. These parameters must be the same as theparameters configured on the MA5616.

Precautions

When the MGC is Huawei SoftX3000, the authentication MG ID must be a string of more thaneight characters.

Procedure

Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode.

Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 4 command to configure the registration mode.

Step 3 Run the mg-software parameter 6 0 command to configure the MG interface to support thedevice authentication.

Step 4 Run the auth command to configure the authentication MG ID and the initial key.

Step 5 Run the display auth command to query the device authentication parameters.

Step 6 Run the reset coldstart command to reset the MG interface.

----End

Example

To configure the device authentication parameters shown in the Table 11-1 for the MA5616,do as follows:

Table 11-1 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (H.248)

Configuration Item Value

MGID 0

Whether to use the wildcard in registration Yes

Whether to support the deviceauthentication.

Yes




Issue 01 (2009-08-30)


Authentication MG ID MA5616. It must be the same as theconfiguration on the MGC. Otherwise, the MGcannot register with the MGC.

Initial key 0123456789ABCDEF. It must be the same asthe initial key configured on the MGC.

huawei(config)#interface h248 0huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 4 0huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 4 ------------------------------------------------- Interface Id:0 para index:4 value:0 ------------------------------------------------- APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------- Interface software parameter name: 4: Whether MG register to MGC with wildcard 0: Yes 1: No huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 6 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 6 ------------------------------------------------- Interface Id:0 para index:6 value:0 ------------------------------------------------- APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------- Interface software parameter name: 6: Whether MG support authentication 0: Yes 1: No huawei(config-if-h248-0)#auth auth_mgid MA5616 initial_key 0123456789ABCDEFhuawei(config-if-h248-0)#display auth [AUTH_PARA config] Initial Key : 0123456789ABCDEF Auth MGid : MA5616 Algorithm : MD5 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y

Configuring the Device Authentication When the MGCP Protocol Is Used

This topic describes how to configure the device authentication parameters of the MA5616 toprevent illegal devices from registering with the MGC when the MGCP protocol is used.

Prerequisitel The MG interface must be added successfully.

l The parameters, including the encryption type, the initial key, and the DH authenticationMG ID, must be configured on the MGC. These parameters must be the same as theparameters configured on the MA5616.

Precautions

When the MGC is Huawei SoftX3000, the authentication MG ID must be a string of more thaneight characters.




11-7

Procedure

Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface mgcp command to enter the MG interface mode.

Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 4 command to configure the registration mode.

Step 3 Run the auth command to configure the authentication MG ID and the initial key.

NOTEWhen the MGCP protocol is used, the MG interface supports two authentication modes:

l Passive authentication mode: In the passive authentication mode, the device is authenticated duringregisteration with the MGC only when the MGC requires the authentication of the device.

l Active authentication mode: In the active authentication mode, the device is authenticated when the deviceregisters with the MGC.

In actual applications, you can select the authentication mode according to the requirements.

Step 4 Run the display auth command to query the device authentication parameters.

Step 5 Run the reset command to reset the MG interface.

----End

ExampleTo configure the device authentication parameters shown in Table 11-2 for the MA5616, do asfollows:

Table 11-2 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (MGCP)


MGID 0

Whether to use the wildcard in registration Yes

Authentication mode Active authentication mode

Authentication MG ID MA5616. It must be the same as theconfiguration on the MGC. Otherwise, the MGcannot register with the MGC.

Initial key 0123456789ABCDEF. It must be the same asthe initial key configured on the MGC.

huawei(config)#interface mgcp 0huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#mg-software parameter 4 0huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#display mg-software parameter 4 ------------------------------------------------- Interface Id:0 para index:4 value:0 ------------------------------------------------- APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------- Interface software parameter name: 4: Whether MG register to MGC with wildcard 0: Yes 1: No huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#auth mode2 auth_mgid MA5616 initial_key 0123456789ABCDEFhuawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#display auth




Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

active request authentication mode config: Initial Key : 0123456789ABCDEF Auth MGid : MA5616 Algorithm : MD5 huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#reset Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y

Configuring the Device Authentication When the SIP Protocol Is UsedThis topic describes how to configure the device authentication information of the MA5616when the SIP protocol is used.

PrerequisiteThe SIP interface must be added successfully.

Procedure

Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface sip command to enter the SIP interface mode.

Step 2 Run the sip-auth command to configure the authentication user name and password for an SIPinterface.

Step 3 Run the display sip-auth command to query the authentication information of an SIP interface.

Step 4 Run the reset command to reset the SIP interface.

----End

ExampleTo configure the authentication information for SIP interface 0 with the user name of huawei.comand the password of 123456789, do as follows:

huawei(config-if-sip-0)#sip-auth auth-username huawei.com auth-password 123456789huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y The configuration will take effect after resetting the interface

11.2 Configuring the Reliability of the Voice ServiceThis topic describes the reliability feature of the voice service supported by the MA5616 andhow to configure the feature on the MA5616.

11.2.1 Overview of the Reliability of the Voice ServiceThe reliability of the voice service includes dual homing and emergency standalone.

11.2.2 Configuring the Dual HomingThis topic describes how to configure the dual homing when the H.248 protocol, MGCP protocolor SIP protocol is used. Dual-homing is a disaster recovery mechanism of emergencycommunication against softswitch failure or unexpected disaster (such as fire in the equipmentroom, disconnection of the cable connected to the equipment room, and abnormal power supply).

11.2.3 Configuring the Emergency StandaloneThis topic describes how to configure the emergency standalone function of the MA5616. Whenthe MA5616 and the MGC device fail to communicate with each other, the MA5616




11-9

independently processes the internal users connecting to the same MG interface; therefore, theinternal users can make calls normally without the control of MGC.

11.2.1 Overview of the Reliability of the Voice ServiceThe reliability of the voice service includes dual homing and emergency standalone.

Dual Homingl MA5616 support the H.248/MGCP dual homing funtion: In the dual homing, one

MA5616 can register with two MGCs when the H.248 protocol is used or three MGCswhen the MGCP protocol is used. When the primary MGC fails or is disconnected fromthe MA5616, a secondary MGC takes the control to ensure the service continuity.Figure 11-5 shows the networking for configuring the H.248/MGCP dual homing.

Figure 11-5 Networking for configuring the H.248/MGCP dual homing

MGC_2

H.248/MGCP

Phone Phone

MGC_1

MA5616

OLT

l The MA5616 is connected to the active and standby upstream devices. The status of the

connection between the upstream devices is detected through the SIP signaling mechanism.The direction of the service signaling on the MA5616 is controlled according to the statusof the connection between the active and standby upstream devices.Figure 11-6 shows the networking for configuring the SIP dual homing.




Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Figure 11-6 Networking for configuring the SIP dual homing

P-CSCF/PROXYStandby

User A User B

User C

MA5616

L2/L3

IP Core

Trunk gateway

P-CSCF/PROXYActive

SIP:

OPT

ION

S

SIP:OPTIO

NSOLT

Emergency StandaloneMA5616 support the H.248 emergency standalone funtion: When the MA5616 is disconnectedfrom the MGC, the users on the same MG interface can communicate with each other under thecontrol of the MA5616 instead of the MGC.

Figure 11-7 shows the networking for configuring the emergency standalone.




11-11

Figure 11-7 Networking for configuring the emergency standalone

H.248

Phone Phone

MGC

MA5610

OLT

11.2.2 Configuring the Dual HomingThis topic describes how to configure the dual homing when the H.248 protocol, MGCP protocolor SIP protocol is used. Dual-homing is a disaster recovery mechanism of emergencycommunication against softswitch failure or unexpected disaster (such as fire in the equipmentroom, disconnection of the cable connected to the equipment room, and abnormal power supply).

Configuring the Dual Homing When the H.248 Protocol Is UsedBased on the H.248 protocol, configuring the dual homing means registering one MA5616 withtwo MGCs. When one MGC is faulty and cannot support the communication, the MA5616automatically switches to the other MGC.

ContextThe MA5616 supports registering the MG interface with two MGCs (MGC1 and MGC2). MGC1functions as the active MGC and MGC2 functions as the standby MGC. When MGC1 is down,the MG automatically registers with MGC2 and works under the control of MGC2.




Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Prerequisitel The MGC1 and MGC2 must be configured in the attributes of the MG interface.

l On the MGCs, the data for interconnecting with the MG interface must be configured.

l The MG interface must be shut down. Run the shutdown command to shut down the MGinterface.

Procedure

Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode.

Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 2 command to configure the MG interface to support the dualhoming.

----End

Example

To configure MG interface 0 to support the dual homing, and not to automatically switch overto the active MGC when the active MGC recovers, do as follows:

huawei(config)#interface h248 0huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 2 1huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 2 ------------------------------------------------- Interface Id:0 para index:2 value:1 ------------------------------------------------- APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------- Interface software parameter name: 2: Whether MG support dual-home speciality 0: Do not support the dual-homing 1: Support the dual-homing, but do not support the auto switchover 2: Support the dual-homing and auto switchover

Related Operation

Table 11-3 lists the related operation for configuring the dual homing when the H.248 protocolis used.

Table 11-3 Related operation for configuring the dual homing (H.248)

To... Run the Command...

Forcibly switch the MG to register with theother MGC

mgc switch

Configuring the Dual Homing When the MGCP Protocol Is Used

Based on the MGCP protocol, configuring the dual homing means registering one MA5616 withtwo MGCs. When one MGC is faulty and cannot support the communication, the MA5616switches to the other MGC.




11-13

ContextThe MA5616 supports registering the MG interface with three MGCs (MGC1, MGC2, andMGC3). MGC1 functions as the active MGC. After MGC1 is down, the MG can register withMGC2 to continue working. If MGC2 is down, the MG can register with MGC3 to continueworking.

Prerequisitel At least MGC1 and MGC2 must be configured in the attributes of the MG interface.

l On the MGCs, the data for interconnecting with the MG interface must be configured.

l The MG interface must be shut down. Run the shutdown command to shut down the MGinterface.

Procedure

Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface mgcp command to enter the MG interface mode.

Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 3 1 command to enable the heartbeat message switch.

Step 3 Run the mg-software parameter 2 0 command to configure the MG interface to support thedual homing.

----End

ExampleTo configure MG interface 0 to support the dual homing through heartbeat detection, do asfollows:

huawei(config)#interface mgcp 0huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#mg-software parameter 3 1huawei(config-if-mgcp-0)#mg-software parameter 2 0

Related OperationTable 11-4 lists the related operation for configuring the dual homing.

Table 11-4 Related operation for configuring the dual homing


Forcibly switch the MG to register with theother MGC

mgc switch

Configuring the Dual Homing (SIP)The SIP dual-homing means that the MA5616 supports the 1+1 mutual assistance mode of theupstream P-CSCF/PROXY, that is, the deployment in the active/standby mode. When one ofthe upstream active/standby devices is faulty, the MA5616 service automatically switches toanother device. Thus, the SIP disaster recovery scheme is implemented to improve the accessreliability of the device.




Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Context

The MA5616 supports configuring the SIP interface on two proxy servers ((Proxy1 and Proxy2),where, Proxy1 functions as the active proxy server. After Proxy1 fails, the MG can switch toProxy2 to continue working.

Prerequisitel On the IMS, the data for interconnecting with the SIP interface must be configured.

l When configuring the IP address (signaling IP address or media IP address) of an MGinterface, ensure that the IP address to be configured exists in the corresponding IP addresspool.

Procedure

Step 1 In the global config mode, run the interface sip command to enter the MG interface mode.

Step 2 Run the if-sip attribute basic command to configure the mandatory attributes of the SIPinterfaces, including the media IP address, signaling IP address, transfer protocol, port number,IP address of the proxy server, domain and port number, homing domain name, and profile index.

Step 3 Run the reset command to reset the SIP interface to validate the configuration data.

----End

Example

Assume that the media IP address is 10.10.10.13, signaling IP address is 10.10.10.13, transferprotocol is UDP, port number is 5000, IP address 1 of the active proxy server is 10.10.10.14,port number of the active proxy server is 5060, domain name of the active proxy server isproxy.domain, IP address 1 of the standby proxy server is 10.10.10.15, port number of thestandby proxy server is 5060, domain name of the standby proxy server is huawei.com, andprofile index is 1. To configure the dual homing attributes of SIP interface 0, do as follows:

huawei(config)#interface sip 0huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.10.10.13 signal-ip 10.10.10.13 signal-port 5000 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.10.10.14 primary-proxy-port 5060 primary-proxy-domain proxy.domain secondary-proxy-ip1 10.10.10.15 secondary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei.com sipprofile-index 1huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset

Related Operation

Table 11-5 lists the related operation for configuring the dual homing.

Table 11-5 Related operation for configuring the dual homing


Query the configuration of the SIPinterface

display if-sip attribute




11-15

11.2.3 Configuring the Emergency StandaloneThis topic describes how to configure the emergency standalone function of the MA5616. Whenthe MA5616 and the MGC device fail to communicate with each other, the MA5616independently processes the internal users connecting to the same MG interface; therefore, theinternal users can make calls normally without the control of MGC.

Prerequisitel The H.248 protocol must be used in the system.

l The media IP address must exist in the IP address pool.

l The voice users must be configured on the MG interface and the users can call each othersuccessfully.

l If the device cannot communicate with the MG, run the system parametres 5 commandto configure the media stream forwarding mode as the mode in which the media stream isforwarded within the device.

l The phone number of the MG user is configured to be the same as the phone number onthe MGC.

Contextl When the MG interface works in the emergency standalone state, only the internal users

on the MG interface can communicate with each other properly.l To keep the user phone number in the emergency standalone state consistent with the phone

number in the normal condition, configure the phone number on the MG to be the same asthe phone number on the MGC.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the mg-software parameter 11 1 command to configure the MG interface to support theemergency standalone function.

Step 2 Run the digitmap set inner command to configure the digitmap for the internal calls.

Step 3 (Optional) Run the standalone parameters command to configure the parameters of theemergency standalone timers.

NOTE

The parameters of the emergency standalone timers include the dialing tone timer (default: 10s), the busytone timer (default: 40s), and the ringing tone timer (default: 50s).In general, the default parameters of the emergency standalone timer are used, and you need not configurethem.

----End

ExampleTo configure MG0 to support the emergency standalone function and configure the digitmapfor internal calls as 07558764XXXX, do as follows:

huawei(config)#interface h248 0huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 11 1huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 11 ------------------------------------------------- Interface Id:0 para index:11 value:1




Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

------------------------------------------------- APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------- Interface software parameter name: 11: Stand alone support 0: None 1: Inner 2: Emergency 3: Both huawei(config-if-h248-0)#digitmap set inner 07558764XXXX huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display digitmap ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Inner digitmap : 07558764XXXX Emergency digitmap : - Urgent digitmap (for overload or bandwidth restrict) : - Dualdial digitmap for card service : - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE

The configured digitmap corresponds to the user phone number.




11-17

A Acronyms and Abbreviations

A

ADSL Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line

AG Access Gateway

ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode

B

BMS HUAWEI iManager N2000 broadband integrated network managementsystem

BRAS Broadband Remote Access Server

BTV Broadband TV

C

CAR Committed Access Rate

CIR Committed Information Rate

CLI Command Line Interface

D

DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DHCPoption82 DHCP relay agent option 82

E

EPON Ethernet Passive Optical Network

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide A Acronyms and Abbreviations


A-1

F

FoIP Fax over Internet Protocol

FTP File Transfer Protocol

G

GE Gigabit Ethernet

GEM GPON Encapsulation Method

GPON Gigabit-capable Passive Optical Networks

I

IP Internet Protocol

IPoA Internet Protocol Over ATM

IPoE IP over Ethernet

L

LAN Local Area Network

M

MAC Medium Access Control

MDU Multi-dwelling Unit

MG Media Gateway

MGC Media Gateway Controller

MGCP Media Gateway Control Protocol

MoIP Modem over Internet Protocol

MTU Maximum Transmission Unit

N

NGN Next Generation Network

NMS Network Management System

O

A Acronyms and AbbreviationsSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide

A-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

OLT Optical Line Terminal

ONT Optical Network Terminal

ONU Optical Network Unit

P

PITP Policy Information Transfer Protocol

PON Passive Optical Network

POTS Plain Old Telephone Service

PPPoA Point-to-Point Protocol Over ATM

PPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet

PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network

Q

QoS Quality of Service

R

RFC Remote Feature Control

S

SHDSL Single-pair High-speed Digital Subscriber Line

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol

SSH Secure Shell

STB Set Top Box

STP Spanning Tree Protocol

T

T-CONT Transmission Container

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol

TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol

U

UDP User Datagram Protocol

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleConfiguration Guide A Acronyms and Abbreviations


A-3

V

VDSL Very High Speed DSL

VLAN Virtual LAN

VOD Video On Demand

VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol

X

xDSL x Digital Subscriber Line

A Acronyms and AbbreviationsSmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Configuration Guide

A-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2009-08-30)

Documents

MA5616 Configuration Guide(V800R307C00_01)